Electric Drives

Q1.
While using stator resistance starter with 3 phase induction motor, the
resistances of the starter are kept at
a. Maximum
b. Minimum
c. Half of the maximum value
d. None of these
View Answer / Hide Answer
ANSWER: a. Maximum
Q2. When stator resistances are starter is used, the factor by which stator
voltage reduces is say x. If x<1, then due to stator resistance starter, the
starting torque
a. Increases by fraction x
b. Reduces by fraction x ∧ 2
c. Reduces by fraction x
d. Increases by fraction x ∧ 2
ANSWER: b. Reduces by fraction x ∧ 2
Q3. An autotransformer starter is suitable for
a. Star connected induction motor

b. Delta connected induction motor
c. Both (a) & (b)
d. None of these
ANSWER: c. Both (a) & (b)
Q4. The cheapest starter for induction motor is
a. Stator resistance starter

b. Autotransformer starter
c. Star-delta starter
d. Rotor resistance starter

ANSWER: c. Star-delta starter
Q5. Windings of star-delta starter while starting and during running are
connected in
a. Star, delta
b. Delta, delta
c. Star, star
d. Delta, star
ANSWER: a. Star, delta
Q6. The advantages of star-delta starter over other types of starter is
a. Cheapest of all
b. Maintenance free
c. Both (a) & (b)
d. None of these
Q7. When rotor resistance starter is used with induction motor then
a. Only starting current is limited

b. Only starting torque is limited
c. Both starting current and starting torque are limited
d. Neither starting current nor starting torque is limited
ANSWER: c. Both starting current and starting torque are limited
Q8. Direct online starter also called D.O.L. starter is used for motors having
capacity
a. Less than 5 h.p.

b. Less than 10 h.p.
c. Greater than 10 h.p.
d. For any capacity motor
ANSWER: a. Less than 5 h.p.
Q9. The NO contact and NC contact of D.O.L. starter is normally
a. Open, closed
b. Closed, open
c. Open, open
d. Closed, closed
ANSWER: a. Open, closed
Q10. A 3 phase induction motor in a short circuit current is equal 3 times of the
full load current. If the full load slip is 2%, then the starting torque as a
percentage of full load torque is
a. 6% of full load torque

b. 18% of full load torque
c. 36% of full load torque
d. None of these
ANSWER: b. 18% of full load torque
Q11. In textile machines, to avoid breaking of threads, soft starters are used.
The commonly used method in soft starter is
a. Direct online method

b. Star-delta method
c. Thyristor voltage controller method
d. Thyristor current controller method
ANSWER: c. Thyristor voltage controller method

Q1. When the induction motor runs faster than the synchronous speed, the
induction motor runs as
a. Asynchronous generator
b. Induction generator
c. Synchronous motor
d. Such condition is not possible
ANSWER: b. Induction generator
Q2. The induction generator is
a. Self exciting
b. Separately exciting
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. Neither (a) nor (b)
ANSWER: b. Separately exciting
Q3. Which of the following is not true about induction generator?
a. Synchronization for induction generator is required

b. Induction generators are more suitable for high speeds
c. With the help of excitation supply and frequency, the voltage and frequency of
induction motor are controlled
d. The construction is rugged for rotating parts
ANSWER: a. Synchronization for induction generator is required
Q4. Applications of induction generators are
a. In railways for braking purpose

b. Wind mils
c. Drilling machines
d. Only (a) and (b)
ANSWER: d. Only (a) and (b)

Q1. The method which can be used for the speed control of induction motor
from stator side is
a. V / f control
b. Controlling number of stator poles to control Ns
c. Adding rheostats in stator circuit
d. All of these
ANSWER: d. All of these
Q2. The consequent pole method used for controlling the number of poles can
be used for
a. Only squirrel cage type motors

b. Only slip ring induction motor
c. For both squirrel cage and slip ring induction motor
d. None of these
ANSWER: a. Only squirrel cage type motors
Q3. The best suited method for smooth speed control by controlling number of
poles is
a. Consequent poles method

b. Multiple stator winding method
c. Pole amplitude modulation method
d. None of these
ANSWER: c. Pole amplitude modulation method
Q4. In pole amplitude modulation method for controlling number of poles,

practically, the wave used for modulation is
a. Square wave
b. Triangular wave
c. Saw tooth wave
d. Sinusoidal wave
ANSWER: a. Square wave
Q5. In cumulatively cascade method for speed controlling, if PA is the number

of poles of main motor and PB is the number of poles of auxiliary method. Then
the speed of the rotor B is given by
a. 120f / PA + PB
b. 120f / PA - PB
c. 120f / PA
d. 120f / PB
ANSWER: a. 120f / PA + PB
Q6. In cascade control method, the set cannot be operated if
a. PA > PB
b. PA < PB
c. PA = PB
d. None of these
ANSWER: c. PA = PB
Q7. Kramer system for controlling the speed of 3 phase induction motor is
mostly used for motors of
a. Above 4000 kW
b. Below 4000 kW
c. Below 3000 kW
d. None of these
ANSWER: a. Above 4000 kW
Q8. The disadvantages of scherbius system used for speed controlling in 3

phase induction motor is
a. It cannot be used for slip ring induction motors

b. It cannot be used for squirrel cage induction motors
c. It can be used for large induction motors
d. None of these

ANSWER: b. It cannot be used for squirrel cage induction motors
Q1. Single phase induction motors are
a. Self starting
b. Not self starting
ANSWER: b. Not self starting
Q2. According to double revolving field theory, any alternating quantity can be
resolved into two rotating components. The directions and magnitude of these
components are
a. Same directions, each having magnitude equal to the maximum magnitude of

alternating current
b. Opposite directions, each having magnitude equal to the maximum magnitude of
alternating current
c. Opposite directions, each having magnitude half of the maximum magnitude of
alternating current
d. Same directions, each having magnitude half of the maximum magnitude of
alternating current
ANSWER: c. Opposite directions, each having magnitude half of the maximum

magnitude of alternating current
1. Regenerative braking is not possible in a series motor.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In regenerative braking, the motor acts as a generator. The back emf is
more than the terminal voltage in case of regenerative braking.
2. Regenerative is the best electrical braking among all braking techniques.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In regenerative braking, the power is fed back to the source from the
battery. The kinetic energy of the motor shaft is converted into electrical energy.
3. Full form of SCIM.

a) Squirrel cage induction motor
b) Solid cage induction motor
c) Square cage induction motor
d) Squirrel cage inverter motor
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: SCIM stands for squirrel cage induction motor. SCIM rotor is made up of
aluminum, copper bars. There are no armature conductors involved in it.
advertisement
4. Wound rotor induction motor has better ________ characteristics than Squirrel cage
induction motor.
a) Starting
b) Running
c) Modified
d) Quasi-state
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Wound rotor induction motor has better starting characteristics because
external resistance can be connected to it using slip rings to start the motor. In the case
of SCIM, no external resistance can be connected to the rotor side.
5. All circuits are always _________

a) Networks
b) Resistors
c) Capacitors
d) Inductors
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The network is defined as the interconnection of electrical elements that
may or may not has a closed path. The circuit is defined as the interconnection of an
element that must have at least one closed path. All circuits are always networks but
vice-versa is not true.
6. The dead network does not have any _________

a) Dependent source
b) Independent source
c) Resistor
d) Capacitor
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In the case of the dead network there are no independent sources available
in the electrical circuit. The Thevenin voltage of the circuit is zero because no force is
available to drive the current in the circuit.
7. During short circuit condition, the voltage is equal to ________

a) 2 V
b) 0 V
c) 1 V
d) 3 V
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: During the short circuit condition, the voltage is equal to zero volts.
According to Ohm’s law, V=IR=0 V. The value of the current can be positive, negative or
zero.
8. When 5 A current flows into the positive terminal of voltage source 6 V. Calculate the
power delivered by the source.
a) -30 W
b) 36 W
c) -43 W
d) 50 W
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: When the current enters the positive terminal of an element it will always
absorb the power and when the current leaves the positive terminal it will deliver the
power. Power delivered is -5×6=-30 W.
9. When 10 A current leaves the positive terminal of resistance 5Ω. Calculate the power
absorbed by the resistance.
a) -308 W
b) 500 W
c) -63 W
d) 60 W
View Answer
Answer: b
power. Power delivered is 100×5=500 W.
10. Calculate the equivalent inductance when two inductors are connected in series of
values 4 H and 9 H.
a) 13 H
b) 10 H
c) 11 H
d) 12 H
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: When two inductors are connected in series their equivalent inductance is
equal to the sum of the individual inductances. Leq=L1+L2=4+9=13 H.
11. Calculate the equivalent resistance when three resistances are connected in series
of values 8 Ω, 3 Ω, 1 Ω.
a) 12 Ω
b) 18 Ω
c) 15 Ω
d) 16 Ω
View Answer
12. Calculate the active power in an inf Ω resistor with 0 current flowing through it.
a) inf MW
b) 4.44 MW
c) 12 MW
d) 6.18 MW
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The resistor is a linear element. It only absorbs real power and dissipates it
in the form of heat. The voltage and current are in the same phase in case of the resistor
so the angle between V & I is 0°. P=I2R=0×0×inf=inf MW.
13. When 15 A current flows into the positive terminal of voltage source 60 V. Calculate
the power delivered by the source.
a) -900 W
b) 936 W
c) -943 W
d) 950 W
View Answer
Answer: a
power. Power delivered is -15×60=-900 W.
14. Source transformation is not valid for ___________

a) Ideal voltage source
b) Ideal current and voltage source
c) Practical voltage source
d) Practical current source
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Source transformation is not valid for an ideal current and voltage source.
The internal resistance for ideal voltage and current source is zero due to which source
transformation is not valid.
1. Which braking method is the best method for obtaining high braking torque?
a) Regenerative braking
b) Plugging
c) Dynamic braking
d) Rheostatic braking
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Plugging is the best braking method among all braking techniques. In
plugging the value of the armature current reverses and the mechanical energy is
extracted. A very high braking torque is produced in case of plugging.
2. The polarity of back e.m.f changes in which of the method?

a) Plugging
b) Regenerative braking
c) Dynamic braking
d) Rheostatic braking
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In case of Plugging braking technique polarity of the back e.m.f voltage
changes due to which current direction changes and mechanical, electrical energy are
wasted in the form of heat in resistors.
3. Full form of WRIM.

a) Wound round induction motor
b) World cage induction motor
c) Wolf cage induction motor
d) Squirrel cage inverter motor
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: WRIM stands for wound round induction motor. WRIM rotor is made up of
armature conductors. There are no copper bars, rods involved in it.
1. Why starters are required in a DC motor?

a) Back emf of these motors is zero initially
b) These motors are not self-starting
c) These motors have high starting torque
d) To restrict armature current as there is no back emf at starting
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: At the time of starting (n=0), the induced emf of a motor is zero such that
current drawn by armature, from rated voltage supply would be I a= V/Ra. Since armature
resistance is very low, armature current drawn is very high and will damage the
machine.
2. For which motors DOL starter can be used?

a) Up to 5 H.P
b) Up to 10 H.P
c) Up to 15 H.P
d) Up to 20 H.P
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: DOL starters are limited to the small rating motors where distribution
system (mains supply) can withstand high starting currents without excessive voltage
dips. For a large rating motor, ranging from 5 HP to 25 HP, oil immersed DOL starters
are used which provides insulation against sparking on contact points, increases the life
of starter.
3. A three-point starter is used for _________

a) Shunt motors
b) Shunt as well as compound motors
c) Shunt, compound and series motors
d) Not for DC motors
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: 3-point starters are used only for shunt and compound motors, they are not
used for series motors. Three-point starter is employed where motor field current can be
varied in a narrow range and so does the motor speed.
advertisement
4. The starting resistance of a DC shunt motor is generally ______

a) low
b) Around 0.5 kΩ
c) Around 5 kΩ
d) Infinitely large
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Starting resistance of a DC shunt motor and DC compound motor is low.
Well, that’s the reason why we use starters in a DC motors, in order to limit the armature
current flowing through the armature and to protect machine circuitry.
5. In a manual shunt motor starter relay positions are ________________________

a) Over load relay is connected in series and no volt relay in parallel with the load
b) Over load relay is connected in parallel and no volt relay in series with the load
c) Over load relay and no volt relay are both connected in series with the load
d) Over load relay and no volt relay are both connected in parallel with the load
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In simple manual shunt motor starter like 3-point starter over load relay coil
is kept in series with DC mains while no volt coil is kept in parallel with DC mains. Both
the coils are equally important in a motor starter circuit.
6. What will happen if DC motor is used without starter?

a) Heavy sparking at brushes
b) It’ll start smoothly
c) Will not start at all
d) Depends on load
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: It would cause intolerably heavy sparking at the brushes which may destroy
the commutator and brush-gear. Sudden development of large torque will cause
mechanical shock to the shaft, reducing its life. Such heavy current cannot be generally
permitted to be drawn from the source of supply.
7. Motor will start quickly when used without starter.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The only thing in favour of direct starting must be mentioned here. Since
the torque of the motor with direct start is much higher, the motor starts much more
quickly. As a consequence, the Joule input per start is much less than that with
resistance start.
8. In shunt and compound motor starting the shunt field should be made on with full
starting resistance in ____________
a) Series with field
b) Parallel with field
c) Series with armature
d) Parallel with armature
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In shunt and compound motors starting the shunt field should be switched
on with full starting resistance in armature circuit. A short time delay in this position
allows the field current to build up to the steady value of the inductive field transients.
9. A starter is required for a 220-V shunt motor. The maximum allowable current is 55 A
and the minimum current is about 35 A. The armature resistance of the motor is 0.4 Ω.
What will be the number of sections of starter resistance required?
a) 5
b) 4
c) 6
d) 8
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: I1=55 A, I2 =35 A
So, γ= Ratio of upper limit to the lower limit = 55/35 = 1.57, R 1= 200/55= 4 Ω
Now, γn-1 = 4/0.4 = 10. By substituting γ value, we get n = 6.
10. γ is given as 1.585. Resistance at maximum allowable current is given equal to 4 Ω,

what is the 5th step resistance?
a) 0.235
b) 0.370
c) 1.476
d) 2
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: γ is given as 1.585. So γ-1 is equal to 0.631. R1 is provided and it is equal to
4 Ω.
r=
1
(1-0.631) * 4 = 1.476 Ω
r2= 1.476*0.631= 0.931 Ω, similarly calculating till r5= 0.235 Ω.
11. Four-point starter is used when ______________

a) Motor field current is varied in narrow range
b) Motor speed is varied in small range
c) Motor field current is varied over wide range
d) Can be used anywhere
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Three-point starter is employed where motor field current can be varied in a
narrow range and so does the motor speed while four-point starter is used when motor
field current can vary over a wide range and so does the motor speed.
1. What is the function of the motor starter?
(a) To prevent high starting current due to N=0

(b) It provides overload and under voltage protection (if overload coil used)
(c) Its provide manual start and stop function
(d) All of these
Answer:
Option (d)
2. Which of the following is not a function of a motor starter?
(a) To prevent high starting current due to N=0

(b) It provides overload and under-voltage protection (if overload coil used)
(c) It provides high starting torque to the motor
(d) It provides a manual start and stops function
Answer:
Option (c)
3. Which of the following motors, the starter didn't use to limit high starting current.
(a) DC Shunt Motor

(b) DC Series Motor
(c) Three-phase Induction Motor
(d) Synchronous motor
Answer:
Option (d)
4. Which of the following is not a DC shunt motor starter?
(a) Two-Point Starter

(b) Three-Point Starter
(c) Four-Point Starter
(d) None of these
Answer:
Option (a)
5. Which of the following is the reason for the high starting current in DC Motor?
(a) Back EMF is ZERO in starting

(b) Rotor EMF is ZERO in Starting
(c) No magnetic locking between Stator and rotor field
(d) pulsating (not rotating) magnetic field
Answer:
Option (a)
6. Which of the following statement is not true w.r.t. 3-Point and 4-Point DC shunt motor starter?
(a) Both can limit high starting current

(b) both can provide overload protection
(c) both can provide No voltage protection
(d) both can be used where speed control is required using the field control method.
Answer:
Option (d)
7. What is the work of the starter with respect to the mechanical stress?
(a) to allow large mechanical stress

(b) to restrict large mechanical stress
(c) to allow small mechanical stress
(d) to restrict small mechanical stress
Answer:
Option (b)
8. What is the relation of the current with the starting torque in the starter concept?
(a) the starter should restrict current to prevent low starting torque
(b) the starter should restrict current to produce high starting torque
(c) the starter should send current to prevent low starting torque
(d) the starter should send current to produce high starting torque
Answer:
Option (d)
9. Which of the following machine is not considered in the calculation of the resistance steps?
(a) DC Series motor starter

(b) DC Shunt motor starter
(c) 3-Phase IM (Cage Rotor)
(d) 3-Phase IM (Slip Ring)
Answer:
Option (c)
10. What is the concept of notching operation?
(a) process of decreasing the voltage

(b) process of increasing the efficiency
(c) process of cutting out the resistance
(d) process of adding on the resistance
Answer:
Option (c)
11. What happens in the dc shunt motor when the notching process occurs?
(a) flux remains constant

(b) speed remains constant
(c) voltage remains constant
(d) current remains constant
Answer:
Option (b)
12. Why push-button type of automatic starters are used in the industry?
(a) The motor can be started in the minimum time.

(b) An inexperienced operator can start and stop the motor without the possibility of blowing fuses.
(c) same starting characteristics obtained each time
(d) All of these
Answer:
Option (d)
13. Which of the following is a commonly used type of d.c. automatic starters?
(a) Only Back emf type

(b) only Time delay type
(c) Back emf type or Time delay type
(d) Slip type
Answer:
Option (c)
14. Which of the following parts are not required in the Automatic DC motor Starter?
(a) Starting resistance sections

(b) Overload relay coils (magnetic coils)
(c) Starting arms & Spring
(d) Starting Arms, Spring, Studs & NVC
Answer:
Option (d)
15. Which of the following statement is/are not correct for automatic DC motor starters.
(a) Start button, Stop Button, Main operating coil & Overload relay contacts are connected in series.
(b) Auxiliary (Maintaining) Contact is always connected in parallel with Start Button.
(c) Overload coil and Main Contact are connected in series.
(d) Main contact and auxiliary contact are operated according to the Main operating coil and auxiliary
Answer:
Option (d)
16. Arrange proper sequence for automatic DC motor starter.
(a) Press Start Button
(b) Main Operating coin energies.
(c) Main and auxiliary contact closed simultaneously.
(d) motor get supply
(a) a - b - c - d
(b) a - d - b - c
(c) d - a - c - b
(d) a - b - d - c
Answer:
Option (a)
17. Which of the following statement is/are not correct for automatic DC motor starters.
(a) Start button, Main and Auxilary contact is always NO

(b) Stop Button & Overload Relay contact is always NC
(c) The overload coil is always connected to the control circuit
(d) The overload coil is always connected to the power circuit
Answer:
Option (c)
18. What happens when the stop button is pushed?
(a) its discontinue current through the main operating coil, hence motor get stopped.
(b) its release Start button, hence motor get stopped.
(c) overload coil operates, which open main operating coil contact, hence motor gets stopped.
(d) disconnect the main supply directly
Answer:
Option (a)
19. _________________ is the disadvantage and _____________________ is the advantage of back e.m.f starte
(a) need feedback, accurate control

(b) need setting, accurate control
(c) need setting, not accurate control
(d) need feedback, not accurate control
Answer:
Option (a)
20. Identify starter type from the diagram given below.
(a) Automatic Back EMF DC Shunt Motor Starter

(b) Manual Back EMF DC Shunt Motor Starter
(c) Automatic Time Delay DC Shunt Motor Starter
(d) Automatic Back EMF DC Series Motor Starter
Answer:
Option (a)
26. What is the formula of the ratio of the lower limit to the upper limit of current?
(a) I2I1=R2R1=R3R2=R4R3=Rn+1Rn
(b) I2I1=raR11n
(c) I2I1=Rn+1R11n
(d) All of these
Answer:
Option (d)
27. Which of the following formulas is used to find the value of different section resistance?
(a) rn=Rn-Rn+1
(b) rn=αn-1 r1
(c) rn=α rn-1
(d) All of these
Answer:
Option (d)
28. Which of the following formulas is used to find the value of different Stud resistance?
(a) Rn=rn+Rn+1
(b) Rn=αn-1 R1
(c) Rn=α Rn-1
(d) All of these
Answer:
Option (d)
29. Which of the following formulas is used to find the value of different section resistance in the DC Series motor?
(a) rn=αn-1 r1
(b) rn=γn-1 r1
(c) rn=α rn-1
(d) All of these
Answer:
Option (b)
30.Which of the following formulas is used to find the value of different Stud resistance in DC Series motor?
(a) Rn=rn-Rn+1
(b) Rn=γn-1 R1
(c) Rn=γ Rn-1 - VI1β-1
(d) All of these
Answer:
Option (c)
1)
______________ motor is a constant speed motor.
(a) Synchronous motor

(b) Schrage motor
(c) Induction motor
(d) Universal motor
Answer:
Option (a)
2) Which feature, while selecting a motor for centrifugal pump, will be of least
significance?
(a) Starting characteristics

(b) Operating speed
(c) Horse power
(d) Speed control
Answer:
Option (d)
3. Stator voltage control for the speed control of induction motor is suitable for
(a) Fan and Pump Drive

(b) Drive of a crane
(c) Running as the generator
(d) Constant Load drive
Answer:
Option (a)
4. In motor, the static frequency changers are used for
(a) Power factor management

(b) Improved cooling
(c) Reversal of direction
(d) Speed Regulation
Answer:
Option (d)
5. V/f is maintained constant in the following case of speed control of induction
motor
(a) Below base speed with voltage control

(b) Below the base speed with frequency control
(c) Above base speed with frequency control
(d) None of these
Answer:
Option (b)
6. Which of the following pair is used for frequency converter?
(a) Squirrel cage induction motor and Wound rotor induction motor
(b) Wound rotor induction motor and synchronous motor
(c) Squirrel cage induction motor and synchronous motor
(d) Any of these
Answer:
Option (a)
7. In the case of a 3 phase induction motor, plugging is done by
(a) Starting the motor on load which is more than the rated load
(b) Pulling the motor directly on line without a starter
(c) Interchanging connections of any two phases of the stator for quick
stopping
(d) Locking of the rotor due to harmonics
Answer:
Option (c)
8. In a 3-phase voltage source inverter used for speed control of induction motor,
antiparallel diodes are used across each switching device. The main purpose of
diodes is to
(a) Protect the switching devices against overvoltage

(b) Provide the path for freewheeling current
(c) Allow the motor to return energy during regeneration
(d) Help in switching off the devices
Answer:
Option (c)
9. In which of the following reason induction motor operation is stable?
(a) Low Slip region

(b) High slip region
(c) Any of the two
(d) None of the above
Answer:
Option (a)
10 Rotor resistance speed control method is not applicable in
.
(a) Slip Ring induction motor
(b) Squirrel cage induction motor
(c) Synchronous motor
Answer:
Option (b)
11. For controlling the speed of an induction motor, if the supply frequency is
reduced by 10% then to maintain the same magnetizing current the supply
voltage should be
(a) Increased by 10%

(b) Increased by 20%
(c) Decreased by 10%
(d) Decreased by 20%
Answer:
Option (c)
12. If the terminal voltage of an induction motor is decreased then current
(a) Decreased
(b) Increased
(c) Remain same
Answer:
Option (a)
13. A 4 pole 50 Hz induction motor is running at 1300 rpm. Find the speed of
stator magnetic field with respect to the rotor?
(a) 1500 rpm

(b) 200 rpm
(c) 1300 rpm
(d) 3000 rpm
Answer:
Option (b)
14. If the applied rated voltage per phase is reduced to one-half, then the starting
torque of squirrel cage induction motor becomes
(a) 4 times the initial value

(b) 2 times the initial value
(c) 1/4 of the initial value
(d) 1/2 times the initial value
Answer:
Option (c)
15. The best method to increase the starting torque of a 3-phase slip ring induction
motor is
(a) Rotor Resistance

(b) Supply voltage
(c) Supply Frequency
Answer:
Option (a)
16. What happens if fifth harmonics is given to induction motor?
(a) Short-circuit the motor

(b) Motor will rotate in reverse direction
(c) Motor will rotate in the same direction
Answer:
Option (b)
17. If the frequency of 3-phase supply to the stator of a 3-phase induction motor is
increased, then synchronous speed
(a) Increased
(b) Decreased
(c) Remain unchanged
Answer:
Option (a)
18. A 3 phase induction motor is essentially a
(a) Constant speed motor

(b) Variable speed motor
(c) Very costly
(d) easily maintainable
Answer:
Option (a)
19 If there are no copper losses in the rotor, then
.
(a) Rotor will not run
(b) Rotor will run at a very low speed
(c) Rotor will run at a very high speed
(d) Rotor will run at synchronous speed
Answer:
Option (d)
20 If the supply voltage of a 3-phase induction motor is increased two times, then, torque
. is
(a) Increased 4 times

(b) Decreased 4 Times
(c) Increased twice
(d) Remain the same
Answer:
Option (a)
21. Three-phase induction motor is mainly suitable for which of the following
application
(a) For running different machine tools where several speeds are required
(b) For running paper machine requiring exact speed control
(c) For running electric vehicles
(d) For running rolling mills needing exact speed control
Answer:
Option (a)
22. An induction motor is running at its rated torque and rated applied voltage of
440 volts. The effect of reducing the applied voltage to say 350 volts is
(a) That the motor stops

(b) Current decreases slightly
(c) Speed reduces slightly
(d) Motor heats up with passage of time
Answer:
Option (d)
23. If the frequency of input power to an induction motor increases, the rotor
copper loss
(a) Decreases
(b) Increases
(c) Remains the same
(d) None of these
Answer:
Option (b)
24. If the stator voltage and frequency of an induction motor are reduced
proportionately, its
(a) Locked rotor current is reduced
(b) Torque developed is increased
(c) Magnetizing current is decreased
(d) Both (a) and (b)
Answer:
Option (d)
25. The concept of V/f control of inverters driving induction motors resuls in
(a) constant torque operation

(b) speed reversal
(c) reduced magnetic loss
(d) hormonic elimination
Answer:
Option (a)
26. Full form of VVVF control
(a) variable voltage VAr frequency

(b) VAr variable voltage frequency
(c) variable VAr voltage frequency
(d) variable voltage variable frequency
Answer:
Option (d)
27. While operating on variable frequency supplies, the AC motor requires variable
voltage in order to
(a) protect the insulation

(b) avoid effect of saturation
(c) improve the capabilities of the inverter
(d) protect thyristor from dV / dt
Answer:
Option (b)
28. AC power in a load can be controlled by using
(a) 2 SCRs in series

(b) 3 SCRs in series
(c) 2 SCRs in parallel opposition
(d) 4 SCRs in series
Answer:
Option (c)
29 The square wave operation of 3 phase VSI line contains harmonic. The amplitudes
. are
(a) Inversely proportional to their harmonic order

(b) Not related to their harmonic order
(c) Directly proportional to their harmonic order
(d) Non of these
Answer:
Option (a)
30 Very large values of modulation index
.
(a) Sine AC output voltage
(b) Triangular AC output voltage
(c) Square AC output voltage
(d) Trapezoidal AC output voltage
Answer:
Option (c)
31. In square wave operation mode of 3 phase VSI, the VSI
(a) Can control the load voltage

(b) Cannot control the load voltage
(c) Cannot control the load voltage except by means of dc link voltage
(d) Cannot control the load voltage except by means of dc link current
Answer:
Option (c)
32. In a 3 phase VSI SPWM to use a single carrier signal and preserve the features
of PWM technique, the normalized carrier frequency should be
(a) Multiple of two

(b) Odd multiple of three
(c) Odd multiple of five
(d) Odd multiple of seven
Answer:
Option (b)
33. In a 3 phase VSI out of eight valid states, the number of valid states that
produce zero ac line voltages is/are
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Answer:
Option (b)
34. In a three phase voltage source inverters
(a) Only amplitude of voltage is controllable

(b) Only phase is controllable
(c) Both amplitude and phase is controllable
(d) Amplitude, phase and frequency of voltages should always be controllable
Answer:
Option (d)
35. The carrier which are commonly used in constant - frequency PWM is
(a) Sawtooth carrier

(b) Inverted sawtooth carrier
(c) Triangle carrier
(d) All of these
Answer:
Option (d)
36. Out of the following which harmonic is the major contributor of the torque
pulsation?
(a) 5
(b) 7
(c) 9
(d) 11
Answer:
Option (a)
37. The presence of harmonics
(a) increase the copper & core losses

(b) reduces the motor life
(c) produces pulsation torque
(d) all of these
Answer:
Option (d)
38. Effect of higher order harmonics to 3-Φ I.M. is high than the lower order
harmonic.
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (b)
39 Out of the following which harmonic does not produce any rotating field?
.
(a) 5 order
th
(b) 11 order th
(c) 3 order
th
(d) 19 order th
Answer:
Option (c)
40 Out of the following which harmonic is positive sequence hamonic?
.
(a) 7 order
th
(b) 9 order
th
(c) 5 order
th
(d) 11 order th
Answer:
Option (a)
41. VSI is not suitable for multi-motor drives
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (b)
42. The input voltage of the voltage source inverter remains constant, and their
output voltage is independent of the load
(a) True
(b) False
Answer:
Option (a)
43. In VSI fed Induction Motor drives the magnitude of the load current depends
on the nature of
(a) load voltage

(b) load impedance
(c) load power
(d) supply current
Answer:
Option (b)
44. The disadvatage of stator voltage control method using 3-Ф ac voltage
controller feeding a 3-Ф I.M is/are
(a) offers limited speed range

(b) introduces pronounce harmonic contents
(c) supply p.f. for the voltage is quite low
(d) all of the above
Answer:
Option (d)
45. By controlling the _____________ of the thyristors connected in antiparallel in
each phase, the rms value of the stator voltage can be regulated
(a) modulation index

(b) duty cycle
(c) overlapping angle
(d) firing angle
Answer:
Option (d)
46. Speed control of I.M. using stator voltage controller uses
(a) Rectifier
(b) Chopper
(c) AC Voltage Controller
(d) Cycloconverter
Answer:
Option (c)
47. How many pairs of anti-parallel connected thyristors are required to construct
3-Ф ac voltage controller feeding a 3-Ф I.M. for stator voltage control.
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 1
Answer:
Option (b)
48. In a 3-phase voltage source inverter used for speed control of induction motor,
antiparallel diodes are used across each switching device. The main purpose of
diodes is to:
(a) Protect the switching devices against overvoltage
(b) Provide the path for freewheeling current
(c) Allow the motor to return energy during regeneration
(d) Help in switching off the devices
Answer:
Option (c)
49. V/f is maintained constant in the following case of speed control of induction
motor:
(a) Below base speed with voltage control

(b) Below the base speed with frequency control
(c) Above base speed with frequency control
(d) None of these
Answer:
Option (b)
50. A 50 Hz, 3 phase induction motor with 4 pole stator is supplied by mains,
which contains a pronounced fifth time harmonic. The speed of the fifth space
harmonic will be
(a) 100 rpm

(b) 300 rpm
(c) 600 rpm
(d) 750 rpm
Answer:
Option (b)
51 The performance of induction motor is effected by the harmonics in the

.
(a) Space variation of impressed voltage
(b) Time variation of impressed voltage
(c) Space variation of impressed current
(d) Time variation of impressed current
Answer:
Option (b)
52 The torque produced in the induction motor depends on the following factors
.
1. The part of rotating magnetic field which reacts with rotor and is responsible for
producing emf.
2. The magnitude of rotor current in running condition.
3. The power factor of the rotor circuit in running condition. Which of the above statement
is true?
(a) Only 1
(b) 1 & 2
(c) 2 & 3
(d) 1, 2 and 3
Answer:
Option (d)
1)Under which of the following condition the squirrel cage
induction motor is preferred over the wound rotor induction
motor.?
1. When an external voltage is to be necessarily into the rotor
2. When the wide range of speed control is required
3. When the cost is the major consideration
4. When higher starting torque is required
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. When the cost is the major consideration
Ques 22. _________ are employed for the operation of Jaw Crushers
1. DC shunt wound motor
2. Squirrel cage induction motor
3. Belted slip ring induction motor
4. Any DC motor
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Belted slip ring induction motor
Ques 23. A synchronous Motor is found more economical when the

load is above
1. 1 kW
2. 10 kW
3. 20 kW
4. 100 kW
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. 100 kW
Ques 24. When quick speed reversal is is a consideration, the motor
preferred is
1. Synchronous Motor
2. Squirrel cage Induction Motor
3. Wound Rotor induction motor
4. DC motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. DC Motor
Ques 25. Stator voltage control for the speed control of induction
motor is suitable for
1. Fan and Pump Drive
2. Drive of a crane
3. Running as the generator
4. Constant Load drive
Hide Explanation
Answer 1. Fan and Pump Drive
Ques 26. The selection of control gear for a particular application is
based on the consideration of
1. Duty
2. Starting Torque
3. Limitation of starting current
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer D. All of the above
Ques 27. As compared to three phase induction motor the
advantage of synchronous Motor in addition to its constant speed
is
1. Higher Power factor
2. Better efficiency
3. Both 1 & 2
4. None of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Both 1 & 2
Ques 28. In motor, the static frequency changers are used for
1. Power factor management
2. Improved cooling
3. Reversal of direction
4. Speed Regulation
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. Speed Regulation
Ques 29. V/f is maintained constant in the following case of speed
control of induction motor:
1. Below base speed with voltage control
2. Below the base speed with frequency control✓
3. Above base speed with frequency control
4. None of these
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. Below the base speed with frequency control
Ques 30. In case of traveling cranes, the motor preferred for boom
hoist
1. AC Slip Ring Motor
2. Ward Leonard Controlled DC Shunt Motor
4. Single Phase Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer.1. AC Slip Ring Motor
Ques 31. The characteristics of the drive for crane hoisting and
lowering is
1. Smooth Movement
2. Precise control
3. Fast speed control
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer.4. All of the above
Ques 32. The capacity of a crane is expressed in terms of
1. Span
2. Type of drives
3. Tonnes
Answer 3. Tonnes
Ques 33. The traveling speed of the crane varies from
A. 1 to 2.5 m/s
B. 5 to 10 m/s
C. 10 to 20 m/s
D. 25 to 40 m/s
Hide Explanation
Answer A. 1 to 2.5 m/s
Ques 34. In overhead traveling cranes
1. Continuous duty Motor is used
2. Slow speed motor is preferred
3. Short time rated motor is preferred
4. Intermittent periodic Motor is preferred
Hide Explanation
Answer. 4. Intermittent periodic Motor is preferred
Ques 35. 15 minutes rated Motor is suitable for
1. Light duty cranes
2. Medium duty cranes
3. Heavy duty cranes
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer 1. Light Duty cranes
Ques 36. Heavy Duty cranes are used in
1. Heavy engineering workshop
2. Steel plants
3. Ore handling plants
4. All of the above
Ques 37. 1/2 hour rated motors are used for
1. Light duty cranes
2. Medium duty cranes
3. Heavy duty cranes
4. Continous Duty
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. Medium duty cranes
Ques 38. Which of the following drive can be used for derricks and
winches?
1. Pole changing squirrel cage motors
2. AC slip-ring motors with variable resistance
3. DC motors with Ward Leonard control
4. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer.4. Any of the above
Ques 39. The advantage of 3-speed A.C cage Motor as compared
to simple squirrel cage induction motor used in winches are
1. Low starting Loss
2. Low accelerating Loss
3. Both 1 and 2
Hide Explanation
Answer. 3. Both 1 and 2
Ques 40. A pole changing type squirrel cage motor used in derricks
has four, eight and twenty-four poles. In this, the medium speed is
used for
1. Lifting
2. Hoisting
3. Lowering
4. Landing the load
Hide Explanation
Answer. 1. Lifting
Ques 41. A pole changing type squirrel cage motor used in derricks
has four, eight and twenty-four poles. In this, the lowest speed is
used for
1. Lifting
2. Hoisting
3. Lowering
4. Landing the load
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. Landing the Load
Ques 42. The range of horsepower of electric motor drives for
rolling mills is of the order of
1. 1 to 10 HP
2. 15 to 25 HP
3. 50 to 100 HP
4. 100 to 500 HP
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. 100 HP to 500 HP
Ques 43. Motors preferred for rolling mill drive is
1. DC Motor
2. AC slip ring Induction Motor
3. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. Any of the above
Ques 44. In case of kiln drives
1. Starting torque is almost zero
2. Starting torque and running torque is nearly equal
3. Starting torque is more than double of the running torque.
Hide Explanation
Answer. 1 Starting torque is more than double of the running
torque
Ques 45. Motor preferred for kiln drives is usually
1. Slip ring induction motor
2. Three phase shunt wound commutator motor
4. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. Any of the above
Ques 46. Belt conveyors offer
1. Zero starting torque
2. Low starting torque
3. Medium starting torque
4. High starting torque
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. High starting Torque
Ques 47. In case belt conveyors
1. Double Squirrel cage motors with direct-on-line starters are
used
2. Single phase induction motors are used
3. D.C shunt motors are used
4. Induction motors with star-delta starters are used
Hide Explanation
Answer. 1. Double Squirrel cage motors with direct-on-line
starters are used
Ques 48. Which of the following motor is preferred for blowers or
centrifugal fans?
1. Wound Rotor Induction motor
3. DC Shunt Motor
4. Both 2 and 3
Hide Explanation
Answer.4. Both 2 and 3
Ques 49. In case of centrifugal pumps, the starting torque is
generally
1. Double the running torque
2. Slightly more than running torque
3. Same or slightly more than running torque
4. Less than running torque.
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. Same or slightly more than the running torque
Ques 50. In a centrifugal pump if the liquid to be pumped has
density twice that of water, then the horsepower required (as
compared to that while pumping water) will be
1. Half
2. Same
3. Double
4. Four times
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Double
Ques 51. Wound rotor and squirrel-cage motors with the high slip
which develop maximum torque at standstill are used for
1. Presses and Punches
2. Machine tools
3. Elevators
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer. 1. Press and Punches
Ques 52. In the jaw crushers, a motor has to often start against
1. Light Load
2. Medium Load
3. Heavy load
4. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer. 4. Heavy Load
Ques 53. Which motor is usually preferred for the elevator
nowadays?
1. Induction Motor
3. Capacitor Start Single Phase Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 1. Induction motor
Ques 54. The motor used in the synthetic fiber mills are
1. Constant Speed Motor
2. Variable speed is preferred
3. High starting torque is preferred
4. Low starting torque are preferred.
Hide Explanation
Answer.1. Constant speed Motor
Ques 55. Which of the following motor is preferred for synthetic
fiber mills?
1. Series motor
2. Reluctance motor
3. Shunt motor
4. Synchronous motor
Hide Explanation
Answer.2. Reluctance Motor
Ques 56. The power factor of the reluctance motor at full load is
A. Unity
B. 0.2 – 0.3
C. 0.8
D. 0.6 – 0.7
Hide Explanation
Answer D. 0.6 – 0.7
Ques 57. A synchronous reluctance motor ________
1. Compact Motor
2. Costly Motor
3. Require Starting and Breaking Gear
4. Has Slip ring in the rotor
Hide Explanation
Answer 1. Compact Motor
Ques 58. The efficiency of the reluctance motor is around
A. 95%
B. 90%
C. 70 to 80%
D. 60 to 75%
Hide Explanation
Answer.C 70 to 80%
Ques 59. A synchronous reluctance motor on over-load runs as
1. DC Motor
2. Induction motor
3. Hysteresis Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. Induction motor
Ques 60. The size of an excavator is expressed in the terms of
1. Angle of swing
2. Meter square
3. Cubic Meter
4. Meter
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. Cubic Meter
Ques 61. Which type of Motor is best suited for the excavator?
1. DC Shunt Motor
2. Differential Motor
3. DC series Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. DC series Motor
Ques 62. Ward-Leonard controlled Direct current (dc) drives are
generally used for
1. Light Duty Excavator
2. Heavy duty Excavator
3. Medium Duty Excavator
4. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer. 2. Heavy Duty Excavator
Ques 63. The contacts of the contactors are made up of
1. Cadmium Copper
2. Copper
3. Silver
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer. 4. All of the above
Ques 64. Which type of electromagnet is preferred for noiseless
operation?
1. AC electromagnet
2. DC electromagnet
3. Both AC and DC electromagnets
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. DC electromagnets
Ques 66. For the high-frequency choppers, the device that is
preferred is
1. TRIAC
2. Thyristor
3. Transistor
4. GTO
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. Transistor
100 Most Important MCQ on Electric Drive |

Industrial Drive MCQ-2020
February 27, 2021
Ques 61. Which type of Motor is best suited for the excavator?
1. DC Shunt Motor
2. Differential Motor
3. DC series Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. DC series Motor
Explanation:-
The excavators are used for lifting or lowering a load. They are used
for digging the ground hence the bucket connected to excavator
always carry the heavy load such as soil, rock etc. For such
application, high starting torque is required.
In a DC series motor, the field winding and armature winding are in
series connection. Since the flux produced is directly proportional to
the armature current, torque is directly proportional to the square
of the armature current. Thus more current is drawn than the DC
shunt motor and hence more torque is produced.
Ques 62. Ward-Leonard controlled Direct current (dc) drives are

generally used for
1. Light Duty Excavator
2. Heavy duty Excavator
3. Medium Duty Excavator
4. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer. 2. Heavy Duty Excavator
Ward Leonard control of dc machines is considered as one of the
most elegant and efficient methods of speed control over a wide
range. Check Question Number 2. for the full explanation.
The main advantages of Ward Leonard scheme are:
1. Capable of producing regenerative braking thus delivering
electrical energy to the grid. Therefore, the scheme adopts
conservation of energy. Besides, it is suitable for four-quadrant
operation.
2. This system is commonly employed for elevators, hoists, heavy
duty excavator and main drive in steel mills, as this method
can give unlimited speed control in either direction. Since the
generator voltage can be varied gradually from zero, no extra
starting equipment is required to start up the main motor
smoothly.
3. Speed reversal is smooth and does not require any external
resistance or any special starting gear;
4. The arrangement is neat and clean and relatively free from
maintenance problem.
5. The lagging reactive volt-amperes of a plant can be
neutralized, by using an over-excited synchronous motor. The
overall power factor of the plant also improves.
In early days the Ward Leonard control systems were used with the
series motors but series motors need large contacts when turned
from forward to reverse mode because there are large armature
circuits that have to be opened when reversing the direction of
rotation. To overcome the difficulties related to the series motors,
separately excited dc-motors provide better performance to take
the full control of the excavator as it improved the operating
characteristics.
Ques 63. The contacts of the contactors are made up of

1. Cadmium Copper
2. Copper
3. Silver
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer. 4. All of the above
Ques 64. Which type of electromagnet is preferred for noiseless

operation?
1. AC electromagnet
2. DC electromagnet
3. Both AC and DC electromagnets
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. DC electromagnets
Explanation:-
Electromagnets use electricity to create their power of magnetism.
Electricity moving along the straight wire creates a magnetic field.
This magnetic field gets weaker as it moves away from the wire. But
if the wire is coiled, the magnetic field is forced back toward the
wire and it becomes stronger. Electromagnets are made of coils of
wire called as solenoids.
DC Motor Pros:
1. It is capable of providing the high starting torque
2. DC motor allows smooth quiet control over a wide range of
speeds.
3. Cheaper motor speed controls. They are also simple and more
reliable.
DC Motor Cons
1. Maximum torque is limited by commutation and not by
heating as in other motors.
2. Contact between the brush and commutator is by arcing and
high currents to the armature to another segment of the
commutator. This sparkling, in course of time, causes pitting
and has advanced a lot to reduce wear and tear and
maintenance costs.
3. The brush and commutator requirement makes the dc motor
expensive.
4. A basic requirement for a motor is high torque and low inertia
(mass) or a high torque to inertia ratio. This is achieved by
reducing the diameter and increasing the length. Again,
modern technology has produced low weight rotors and
ironless rotors, i.e., electronic rotors.
AC Motor Pros
1. Higher power density
2. Higher reliability due to the absence of commutator and
brushes
3. They need less maintenance Lower implementation cost
4. Simple and robust implementation
5. The range of power of a few fractions to several thousand
horsepower motors
AC Motor Cons
1. AC motor generates more noise when it is operating at
variable speed drive (VSD).
2. Inability to operate at low speeds
3. Poor position control
4. Production of eddy current and harmonics.
Ques 66. For the high-frequency choppers, the device that is

preferred is
1. TRIAC
2. Thyristor
3. Transistor
4. GTO
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. Transistor
Ques 67. According to the rated duty of the contactors, the number
of operations per hour in case of will be around
A. 100
B. 600
C. 1200
D. 2000
Hide Explanation
Answer. C. 1200
Ques 68. In case of contactors, the duty in which the main
contacts remain closed for a period bearing a definition in relation
to the no-load periods is known as
1. Intermittent Duty Cycle
2. Short Time Duty Cycle
3. Temporary Duty Cycle
4. Uninterrupted Duty Cycle
Hide Explanation
Answer. 1. Intermittent Duty Cycle
Ques 69. In the case of the contactors, the ratio of the service
period to the entire period is known as
1. Duty
2. Load Factor
3. Class of the contacts
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. Class of the contacts
Ques 70. A class 1 contactor should be mechanically sound to
withstand
A. 0.05 million times
B. 0.025 million times
C. 0.1 million times
D. 10 million times
Hide Explanation
Answer. B. 0.025 million times
Ques 71. In the case of contactor the rated current can carry upto
______ hours without exceeding temperature.
1. 8 Hours
2. 2 Hours
3. 1 Hours
4. 5 Hours
Hide Explanation
Answer 1. 8 Hours
Ques 72. The saturable core reactor is generally is a
1. Variable Resistor
2. Step Down Transformer
3. Variable Impedance
4. Thermal Relay
Hide Explanation
Answer. 3. Variable Impedance
Ques 73. The application of suitable core reactor is
1. Overload protection of transformer
2. Plugging of Induction Motor
3. Used for voltage Regulation
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Stepless AC voltage variation
Ques 74. The application of the Magnetic amplifier is
1. Used for servo motor drive
2. Control shunt Motor
3. Control series Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 1.Use for servo Motor drive
Ques 75. The losses in electric drive systems is/are
1. Electrical Transmission Losses
2. Mechanical Transmission Losses
3. Load Losses
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer.4 All of the above
Ques 76. Which of the following pair is used for frequency
converter?
1. Squirrel cage induction motor and Wound rotor induction
motor
2. Wound rotor induction motor and synchronous motor
3. Squirrel cage induction motor and synchronous motor
4. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer.1. Squirrel cage induction Motor and wound rotor
induction Motor
Ques 77. The torque Motor design is very similar to that of
1. Induction Motor
2. DC Motor
4. Rotary Synchronous Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer.4. Rotary Synchronous Motor
Ques 78. The status Indicator of the Motor is useful when
1. When the Motor is located in the Remote Place
2. Help us to determine the On/Off condition of the Motor
3. Both of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Both of the above
Ques 79. Fans, pumps, Blowers are the example of _________ drive
1. Fixed speed Drive
2. Variable Speed drive
3. Servo Drive
4. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer. 1. Fixed speed drive
Ques 80. Switchable Speed drive, Open Loop speed drive, closed-
loop speed drives are the example of
1. Fixed speed Drive
2. Variable Speed drive
3. Servo Drive
4. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer. 2. Variable Speed drive
Ques 81. Which switch is used for the automatic control of the
motor?
1. Hand OFF auto switch
2. Hand ON auto Switch
3. Rheostatic switch
4. Any of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer.1. Hand OFF auto switch
Ques 82. _________ are nonmanual control switches activated by an
unsafe condition.
1. Switches
2. Gear
3. Interlock
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Interlock
Ques 83. Typically, interlocks stop motors _________ but do not start
motors ________
1. Manually, automatically
2. Automatically, manually
3. Automatically, Automatically
4. Manually, Manually
Hide Explanation
Answer. 3. Automatically, Automatically
Explanation:-
Ques 84. The DC shunt motor is running with a certain load. The
effect of adding an external resistance in field circuit is to:
1. Increase the Motor Speed
2. Stop the Motor speed
3. Reduce the motor Speed
4. Reduce the armature speed
Hide Explanation
Increase the Motor Speed
Ques 85. The three-point starter can be used for
1. Both shunt and compound Motors
2. Shunt Motor Only
3. Series Motor Only
4. Compound Motor Only
Hide Explanation
Answer.1. Both shunt and compound Motor
Ques 86. DC motor is recommended for the Locomotive drive is:
1. DC series Motor
2. DC long shunt compound Motor
3. DC Shunt Motor
4. DC short shunt compound Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer.1. DC series Motor
Ques 87. In the case of a 3 phase induction motor, plugging is done
by:
1. Starting the motor on load which is more than the rated load
2. Pulling the motor directly on line without a starter
3. Interchanging connections of any two phases of the stator for
quick stopping
4. Locking of the rotor due to harmonics
Hide Explanation
Answer. 3. Interchanging connections of any two phases of the
stator for quick stopping
Ques 88. Deep bar rotor construction is used in three-phase
induction motors to mainly:
1. Control Speed
2. Control Power Factor
3. Increase the Starting Torque
4. None of these
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Increase the starting Torque
Ques 89. In a 3-phase voltage source inverter used for speed
control of induction motor, antiparallel diodes are used across each
switching device. The main purpose of diodes is to:
1. Protect the switching devices against overvoltage
2. Provide the path for freewheeling current
3. Allow the motor to return energy during regeneration
4. Help in switching off the devices
Hide Explanation
Answer. 3. Allow the motor to return energy during
regeneration
Ques 90. A 3-phase delta connected squirrel cage induction motor
when started with a DOL starter has a starting torque of 600 NM. Its
starting torque when star delta starter is used:
1. 600 NM.
2. 200 NM
3. 300 NM
4. 1200 NM
Hide Explanation
Answer.2. 200 NM
Ques 91. If the current in the armature of d.c series motor is
reduced to 5%, the torque of the motor will become:
1. 50% of the Previous Value
Hide Explanation
Answer. 2. 25%of the previous value
Ques 92. The series field of long shunt compound generator is
excited by
1. Supply current
2. Field current
3. Load current
4. Armature current
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Load Current
Ques 93. In the method of speed control of an induction motor by
inducing EMF in the rotor circuit, if the injected voltage is in the
phase opposition to the induced rotor EMF, then
1. The rotor resistance Increase
2. The rotor reactance increase
3. The rotor reactance decrease
4. The rotor resistance decrease
Hide Explanation
Answer.1. The rotor resistance Increase
Ques 94. In the method of synchronization of an alternator to the
bus-bar, a Synchroscope indicate correct speed when
1. The pointer moves towards Left
2. The pointer moves towards Right
3. The pointers move vertically up
4. The pointers vibrate at the center
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. The Pointer move vertically up
Ques 95. Which of the following motors can be used as the part of
the control circuit in the robotic application?
1. AC series Motor
2. Universal Motor
3. Servo Motor
4. Scharge Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Servo Motor
Ques 96. During the starting of a slip ring induction motor using
rotor resistance starter, the insertion of resistance in the rotor circuit
causes:
1. Stator current to Increase and torque to decrease
2. Stator current to decrease and torque to increase
3. Stators current to Increase and power factor to decrease
4. Power factor to decrease and torque to Increase
Hide Explanation
Answer.2. Stator current to decrease and torque to increase
Ques 97. In case of an electromechanical generator, the frequency
is
1. Directly proportional to the voltage
2. Indirectly proportional to the speed
3. Directly proportional to the speed
4. Indirectly proportional to the power
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Directly proportional to the speed
Ques 98. A three-phase induction motor is analogous to
1. Generator
2. Rotating transformer
3. Rotating Motor
4. Rotating converter
Hide Explanation
Answer. 2. Rotating Transformer
Ques 99. In the direct-online starter, NO-VOLT release is to
1. Safeguard the motor against the failure of the supply
2. Safeguard against earth fault
3. Safeguard against Overload
4. Safeguard against supply fluctuation
Hide Explanation
Answer.1. Safeguard the motor against the failure of the supply
Ques 100. Synchronous Motor for the rotary Kilns Run at
1. Ultra high speed
2. Ultra Low speed
3. Low Speed
4. Medium speed
Hide Explanation
Answer. 2. Ultra Low Speed
Ques 1. The consideration involved in the selection of the type of
electric drive for a particular application depends upon
1. Speed control range and its nature
2. Starting Nature
3. Environmental condition
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Ques 2. Which of the following motor is preferred for automatic
drives?
1. Ward Leonard controlled dc motors
3. Synchronous motors
4. Shunt Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 1. Ward Leonard controlled dc motors
electric drive for the Load Variation application depends upon
1. Constant Load
2. Continuous Variable Load
3. Pulsating Load
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Ques 4. __________ drive is also called as Line shaft drive
1. Individual drive
2. Multimotor drive
3. Group Drive
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. Group Drive
Ques 5. The advantages of a group driver electric drive are
1. HIgh efficiency
2. Low Noise
3. Constant speed
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer 1. High Efficiency
Ques 6. The disadvantages of group drive electric machine is/are
1. Low efficiency
2. Low overload capacity
3. Can’t be used for constant operation
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. Can’t be used for constant operation
Ques 7. In __________ drive each machine is driven by its own
separate motor with the help of gears and pulley
1. Individual drive
2. Multimotor drive
3. Group Drive
Hide Explanation
Answer 1. Individual Drive
Ques 8. The advantages of the individual drive is/are
1. Flexibility in operation
2. Each machine can be run or stop as desired
3. Maintenance of Lineshaft, the bearing is eliminated
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. All of the above
Ques 9. The drive which is used for metal-cutting machines tools,
rolling mills etc. are
1. Individual drive
2. Multimotor drive
3. Group Drive
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. Multimotor drive
Ques 10. What is the total annual cost of a group drive with a
motor costing Rs.18000 with that of 10 individual motors, each
costing Rs. 5000. The annual consumption is 80000 kWh. Electrical
energy costs 20 paise per kWh. Depreciation, maintenance, and
other fixed charges amount to 10 percent.
1. Rs. 16800
2. Rs.1800
3. Rs. 18000
4. Rs. 17800
Hide Explanation
Answer.4. Rs 17800
Ques 12. _________ duty cycle consist of frequent on load and off-
load period.
1. Continuous Duty with constant Load
2. Continuous Duty With the variable load
3. Short Time duty
4. Intermittent duty
Hide Explanation
Answer.4 Intermittent duty
Ques 13. Which duty cycle is preferred if the load requires a
constant power for short period of time and rest for sufficient
longer duration.?
1. Short Time duty
3. Intermittent duty with starting
4. Intermittent duty with starting and braking
Hide Explanation
Answer. 1. Short Time duty
Ques 15 . Which of the following motors is preferred for traction
work?
2. 3 phase induction motor
3. DC Shunt Motor
4. Single phase induction motor
Hide Explanation
Answer. 2. 3 Phase Induction Motor
Ques 16. For an application that requires smooth and precise
speed control over the wide range, the motor is preferred is
3. DC motor
4. Wound Rotor Induction Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. DC Motor
Ques 17. Which type of drive can be used for Hoisting Machinery?
1. AC slip Ring Motor
2. Ward Leonard Method
3. Cumulative Compound Motor
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Ques 18. Which type of drive can be used for Textile Industry?
1. DC Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. Squirrel cage Induction Motor
Ques 19. Which type of drive can be used for Minning Process?
1. DC Motor with Ward Leonard Speed control
2. Double Squirrel cage Induction Motor
3. Slip Ring Induction Motor
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Ques 20. A wound rotor induction motor is preferred over a squirrel
cage induction motor when the major consideration involved is
1. High starting Torque
2. Low starting current
3. Speed control over the limited range
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
1. The advantage of the double squirrel cage induction motor over a single cage rotor is
that its _______
a) Efficiency is higher
b) Power factor is higher
c) Slip is larger
d) Starting current is lower
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The starting current flows through the outer cage which has higher
resistance and hence starting current is lower. This is one the important advantage of
the double squirrel cage induction motor over a single cage rotor.
2. A 16-pole, 3-phase, 60 Hz induction motor is operating at a speed of 150 rpm. The
frequency of the rotor current of the motor in Hz is __________
a) 20
b) 40
c) 30
d) 10
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Given a number of poles = 16. Supply frequency is 60 Hz. Rotor speed is
150 rpm. Ns=120×f÷P=120×60÷16 = 450 rpm. S=Ns-Nr÷Ns=450-150÷450=.666.
F2=sf=.666×60=40 Hz.
3. Calculate the amplitude of the sinusoidal waveform z(t)=715sin(165πt+2π‚468).
a) 710
b) 715
c) 716
d) 718
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Sinusoidal waveform is generally expressed in the form of V=Vmsin(Ωt+α)
where Vm represents peak value, Ω represents angular frequency, α represents a phase
difference.
advertisement
4. R.M.S value of the sinusoidal waveform V=48sin(6.5πt+89π‚46.8).

a) 33.94 V
b) 33.56 V
c) 33.12 V
d) 33.78 V
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: R.M.S value of the sinusoidal waveform is Vm÷2½ = 48÷2½ = 33.94 V and
r.m.s value of the trapezoidal waveform is Vm÷3½. The peak value of the sinusoidal
waveform is Vm.
5. The short circuit test on a 3-φ induction motor is conducted at a rotor speed of
_______
a) Zero
b) < Ns
c) > Ns
d) Ns
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Short-circuit test in an induction motor is also called a Blocked rotor test so
it is conducted at zero speed. Net input power taken is equal to the variable losses.
6. If induction motor air gap power is 10 KW and mechanically developed power is 8
KW, then rotor ohmic loss will be _________ KW.
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Rotor ohmic losses are due to the resistance of armature windings. Net
input power to the rotor is equal to the sum of rotor ohmic losses and mechanically
developed power. Rotor ohmic losses=Air gap power-Mechanical developed power=10-
8=2 KW.
7. A 3-phase induction machine draws active power P and reactive power Q from the
grid. If it is operated as a generator, then P and Q will be _________
a) Positive and Negative
b) Negative and Positive
c) Positive and Positive
d) Negative and Negative
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Induction generator will be delivering power to the bus to generate flux it
will consume reactive power from the bus. Since active power is delivered the active
power drawn will be negative but reactive power is absorbed and hence active power
absorbed is positive.
8. The slope of the V-I curve is 39.1°. Calculate the value of resistance. Assume the
relationship between voltage and current is a straight line.
a) .81 Ω
b) .36 Ω
c) .75 Ω
d) .84 Ω
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The slope of the V-I curve is resistance. The slope given is 39.1° so
R=tan(39.1°)=.81 Ω. The slope of the I-V curve is reciprocal of resistance.
9. If induction motor air gap power is 48 KW and gross developed power is 28 KW, then
rotor ohmic loss will be _________ KW.
a) 10
b) 20
c) 30
d) 40
View Answer
Answer: b
28=20 KW.
10. The power factor of a squirrel cage induction motor is ___________
a) Low at light load only
b) Low at heavy loads only
c) Low at the light and heavy loads both
d) Low at rate load only
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: At light loads, the current drawn is largely a magnetizing current due to the
air gap and hence the power factor is low.
11. Calculate the active power in a .154 H inductor.
a) 22 W
b) 14 W
c) 45 W
d) 0 W
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The inductor is a linear element. It only absorbs reactive power and stores
it in the form of oscillating energy. The voltage and current are 90° in phase in case of
the inductor so the angle between V & I is 90°. P = VIcos90° = 0 W.
12. Calculate the time period of the waveform z(t)=24sin(πt+π‚4)+4sin(2πt+π‚6).
a) 2 sec
b) 3 sec
c) 4 sec
d) 1 sec
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The fundamental time period of the sine wave is 2π. The time period of z(t)
is L.C.M {2,1}=2 sec. The time period is independent of phase shifting and time shifting.
13. Calculate the total heat dissipated in a resistor of 50 Ω when 1.4 A current flows
through it.
a) 98 W
b) 92 W
c) 91 W
d) 93 W
View Answer
Answer: a
so the angle between V & I is 90°. P=I2R=1.4×1.4×50=98 W.
14. Calculate mark to space ratio if the system is on for 26.3 sec and off for 24.2 sec.
a) 1.086
b) 1.042
c) 1.214
d) 1.876
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Mark to space is Ton÷Toff. It is the ratio of time for which the system is
active and the time for which is inactive. M = Ton÷Toff=26.3÷24.2=1.086.
1. A particular current is made up of two components: a 10 A and a sine wave of peak
value 14.14 A. The average value of current is _________
a) Zero
b) 24.14 A
c) 10 A
d) 14.14 A
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Average value of DC current is 10 A. Average value of AC current is 0 A as
it is alternating in nature. The average value of current is 10+0 = 10 A.
a) 75.2
b) 76.1
c) 79.2
d) 79.6
View Answer
Answer: b
720 rpm. Ns=120×f÷P=120×80÷38 = 252.63 rpm. S=Ns-Nr÷Ns = 252.63-12÷252.63 =
.952. F2 = sf = .952×80 = 76.1 Hz.
3. Calculate the phase angle of the sinusoidal waveform i(t)=sin(.6πt+π‚.88).
a) 100π‚88
b) 100π‚8
c) 100π‚8
d) π‚88
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Sinusoidal waveform is generally expressed in the form of V=V msin(ωt+α)
where Vm represents peak value, ω represents angular frequency, α represents a phase
difference.
advertisement
4. Calculate the moment of inertia of the satellite having a mass of 79 kg and diameter of
83 cm.
a) 13.65 kgm2
b) 13.60 kgm2
c) 12.67 kgm2
d) 13.82 kgm2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The moment of inertia of the satellite can be calculated using the formula
I=mr2. The mass of the satellite and diameter is given. I=(79)×(.415)2=13.60 kgm2. It
depends upon the orientation of the rotational axis.
5. A particular voltage is made up of two components: a 5 A and a cosine wave of peak
value 7.8 A. The average value of voltage is _________
a) Zero
b) 35.14 A
c) 78 A
d) 5 A
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Average value of DC voltage is 5 A. Average value of AC current is 0 A as
it is alternating in nature. The average value of current is 5+0 = 5 A.
6. Armature reaction is demagnetizing in nature due to a purely capacitive load in the
synchronous generator.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Due to a purely capacitive load, armature current is in phase with the field
magneto-motive force. Armature magneto-motive force produced due to this current will
be in phase with the field flux. It will try to increase the net magnetic field.
7. Armature reaction is magnetizing in nature due to a purely resistive load in the
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Due to a purely resistive load, armature current is in quadrature with the
field magneto-motive force. Armature magneto-motive force produced due to this current
will be in quadrature with the field flux. It will try to increase the net magnetic field.
a) .03 Ω
b) .08 Ω
c) .04 Ω
d) .07 Ω
View Answer
Answer: b
9. Calculate the velocity of the satellite if the angular speed is 87 rad/s and radius is 7.4
m.
a) 643.8 m/s
b) 642.4 m/s
c) 641.9 m/s
d) 643.2 m/s
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The velocity of the satellite can be calculated using the relation V=Ω×r. The
velocity is the vector product of angular speed and radius. V=Ω×r = 87×7.4 = 643.8 m/s.
10. A 3-phase induction motor runs at almost 70 rpm at no load and 50 rpm at full load
when supplied with power from a 50 Hz, 3-phase supply. What is the corresponding
speed of the rotor field with respect to the rotor?
a) 20 revolution per minute
b) 30 revolution per minute
c) 40 revolution per minute
d) 50 revolution per minute
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Supply frequency=50 Hz. No-load speed of motor = 70 rpm. The full load
speed of motor=50 rpm. Since the no-load speed of the motor is almost 70 rpm, hence
synchronous speed near to 70 rpm. Speed of rotor field=70 rpm. Speed of rotor field with
respect to rotor=70-50= 20 rpm.
11. Calculate the active power in a 9.854 H inductor.
a) 4.98 W
b) 0 W
c) 8.59 W
d) 1 W
View Answer
Answer: b
the inductor so the angle between V & I is 90°. P=VIcos90° = 0 W.
12. Calculate the reactive power in a 45 Ω resistor with 1.78 A current flowing through it.
a) 28.8 VAR
b) 23.4 VAR
c) 25.82 VAR
d) 0 VAR
View Answer
Answer: d
so the angle between V & I is 0°. Q=VIsin(0°)=0 VAR.
13. Calculate the value of the frequency if the inductive reactance is 72 Ω and the value
of the inductor is 7 H.
a) 1.63 Hz
b) 1.54 Hz
c) 1.78 Hz
d) 1.32 Hz
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The frequency is defined as the number of oscillations per second. The
frequency can be calculated using the relation XL = 2×3.14×f×L. F = XL÷2×3.14×L =
72÷2×3.14×7 = 1.63 Hz.
14. Calculate the active power in a 2 Ω resistor with 8 A current flowing through it.
a) 125 W
b) 128 W
c) 123 W
d) 126 W
View Answer
Answer: b
so the angle between V & I is 0°. P=I2R=8×8×2=128 W.
1. In the chopper circuit, commutation times are _______
a) Current commutation is equal to voltage commutation
b) Current commutation is less as compared to that of voltage commutation
c) Current commutation is more as compared to that of voltage commutation
d) Both commutation techniques are not comparable
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In current commutation, commutation time=CVr÷Io. In voltage commutation,
commutation time= CVs÷Io. Hence, the commutation time of the current commutation is
less as compared to voltage commutation.
2. The generated e.m.f from 4-pole armature having 1 conductors driven at 1 rev/sec
having flux per pole as 10 Wb, with wave winding is ___________
a) 30 V
b) 40 V
c) 70 V
d) 20 V
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The generated e.m.f can be calculated using the formula E b =
Φ×Z×N×P‚60×A, Φ represent flux per pole, Z represents the total number of
conductors, P represents the number of poles, A represents the number of parallel
paths, N represents speed in rpm. In wave winding number of parallel paths are 2. E b =
10×4×1×60÷60×2 = 20 V.
3. The unit of voltage is Pascal.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The voltage is equal to one volt when 1 A of current flows through 1 Ω
resistor. It is mathematically represented as I×R. It is expressed in terms of a volt(V).
advertisement
4. Calculate the moment of inertia of the sphere having a mass of 8.4 kg and radius of
61 cm.
a) 3.124 kgm2
b) 3.125 kgm2
c) 4.545 kgm2
d) 5.552 kgm2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The moment of inertia of the egg can be calculated using the formula
I=Σmiri2. The mass of egg and radius is given. I=(8.4)×(.61)2=3.125 kgm2. It depends
upon the orientation of the rotational axis.
5. The most suitable control-motor application is __________
a) AC shunt motor
b) DC separately motor
c) AC one-phase induction motor
d) DC shunt motor
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: DC separately motor has definite full-load speed, so they don’t ‘run away’
when the load is suddenly thrown off provided the field circuit remains closed. The
speed for any load within the operating range of the motor can be readily obtained.
6. In a DC series motor, the e.m.f developed is proportional to _______
a) N×Ia
b) N×Ia2
c) N×Ia3
d) N×Ia.5
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In a DC series motor, the e.m.f developed is equal to K mΦN. In a DC series,
the motor field winding is connected in series with the armature so the flux in the field
winding is proportional to current. Eb = KmΦN α Ia×N.
7. Calculate the value of the time period if the frequency of the signal is .07 sec.
a) 14.28 sec
b) 14.31 sec
c) 14.23 sec
d) 14.78 sec
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The time period is defined as the time after the signal repeats itself. It is
expressed in second. T = 1÷F=1÷.07=14.28 sec.
8. The slope of the V-I curve is 13.89°. Calculate the value of resistance.
a) .247 Ω
b) .345 Ω
c) .231 Ω
d) .222 Ω
View Answer
Answer: a
R=tan(13.89°)=.247 Ω. It behaves like a normal resistor.
9. In a DC shunt motor, the e.m.f developed is proportional to ___________
a) Ia
b) Ia2
c) Ia3
d) Iao
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In a DC shunt motor, the e.m.f developed is equal to KmΦN. In a DC shunt,
the motor field windings are connected separately and excited by a constant DC voltage.
E = KmΦN α Ia°.
10. Calculate the power factor angle during the resonance condition.
a) 0°
b) 10°
c) 80°
d) 90°
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: During the resonance condition, the reactive power generated by the
capacitor is completely absorbed by the inductor. Only active power flows in the circuit.
Net reactive power is equal to zero and Φ=0°.
11. Calculate the value of the duty cycle if the system is on for 5 sec and off for inf sec.
a) 0
b) .4
c) .2
d) .1
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Duty cycle is Ton÷Ttotal. It is the ratio of time for which the system is active
and the time taken by the signal to complete one cycle. D = Ton÷T total=5÷inf=0.
12. Calculate the value of the frequency of the AC supply in India.
a) 0 Hz
b) 50 Hz
c) 49 Hz
d) 60 Hz
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The frequency is defined as the number of oscillations per second. It is
reciprocal of the time period. AC supply magnitude is variable. It changes with time so
the frequency of AC supply is 50 Hz.
13. DC series motor cannot run under no load.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: DC series motor cannot be run under no load condition because at no-load
speed of the motor is very which can damage the shaft of the motor. There should be
some load that should be connected to it.
14. Calculate the value of the frequency if the time period of the signal is .2 sec.
a) 5 Hz
b) 4 Hz
c) 2 Hz
d) 3 Hz
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The frequency is defined as the number of oscillations per second. It is
reciprocal of the time period. It is expressed in Hz. F = 1÷T = 1÷.2 = 5 Hz.
1. What is the formula for the maximum active power in the cylindrical rotor synchronous
machine? (Eb represents armature emf, Vt represents terminal voltage, δ represents
rotor angle, X represents reactance)
a) Eb×Vt×sinδ‚X
b) Eb×Vt2÷X
c) Eb2×Vt×sinδ‚X
d) Eb×Vt÷X
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The real power in the cylindrical rotor machine is Eb×Vt×sinδ‚X. It is
inversely proportional to the reactance. The stability of the machine is decided by the
maximum power transfer capability. It is maximum for delta angle=90°.
2. Cylindrical pole machines are more stable than salient rotor machines.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Cylindrical pole machines are less stable than salient rotor machines
because of the less short circuit ratio and less real power transfer capability. The air gap
length in salient pole machines is more as compare to cylindrical rotor machines.
3. The unit of oscillating power is VAR.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The oscillating power is the waste power in case of electric circuits. It is the
energy trapped that keeps on oscillating. It is expressed in Volt Ampere reactive.
advertisement
4. Calculate the power factor if the power angle is 36.86°.

a) .8
b) .4
c) .6
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Power factor is the ratio of the real power to the apparent power. It
measures the useful power contained in the total power.Φ=cos-1(36.86)=.8.
5. Calculate the reactive power in a 2.2 Ω resistor.
a) 1.2 VAR
b) 2.6 VAR
c) 0 VAR
d) 1.9 VAR
View Answer
Answer: c
so the angle between V & I is 0°. Q=VIsin0° = 0 VAR.
6. What is the unit of the distance?
a) m
b) m/s
c) atm/m
d) Volt
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Distance is the total length traced by the body. It is a scalar quantity. It is
expressed in the meter. It is not a tensor quantity. It has no direction.
7. Calculate the reactive power in a 7.2545 Ω resistor.
a) 1.221 VAR
b) 2.611 VAR
c) 0 VAR
d) 1.997 VAR
View Answer
Answer: c
so the angle between V & I is 0°. Q=VIsin0° = 0 VAR.
8. The slope of the V-I curve is 180o. Calculate the value of resistance. The graph is
parallel to the x-axis.
a) 1.47 Ω
b) 1.81 Ω
c) 0 Ω
d) 4.12 Ω
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The slope of the V-I curve is resistance. The slope given is 180° so
R=tan(180°)=0 Ω. The slope of the V-I curve is resistance. It behaves as a short circuit.
9. Calculate the value of the duty cycle if the system is on for 1 sec and off for 0 sec.
a) 1
b) .4
c) .1
d) .6
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Duty cycle is Ton÷Ttotal. It is the ratio of time for which the system is active
and the time taken by the signal to complete one cycle. D = Ton÷Ttotal=5÷5=1.
10. The phase difference between voltage and current in the choke coil.
a) 90°
b) 40°
c) 50°
d) 68°
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In the case of a choke coil, the voltage leads the current by 90° or the
current lags the voltage by 90°. The phase difference between voltage and current is
90°.
11. Armature reaction is demagnetizing in nature due to a purely capacitive load in the
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Due to a purely capacitive load, armature current is in opposite phase with
the field magneto-motive force. Armature magneto-motive force produced due to this
current will be in opposite phase with the field flux. It will try to reduce the net magnetic
field.
12. Armature reaction is magnetizing in nature due to a purely resistive load in the
synchronous motor.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Due to a purely resistive load, armature current is in quadrature with the
field magneto-motive force. Armature magneto-motive force produced due to this current
will be in quadrature with the field flux. It will try to increase the net magnetic field.
a) 40.2
b) 46.1
c) 40.1
d) 40.6
View Answer
Answer: c
112 rpm. Ns = 120×f÷P=120×70÷32 = 262.5 rpm. S=Ns-Nr÷Ns = 262.5-112÷262.5=.573.
F2=sf=.573×70=40.1 Hz.
2. A 20-pole, 3-phase, 90 Hz induction motor is operating at a speed of _______ rpm.
The frequency of the rotor current of the motor in Hz is 20.
a) 418.56
b) 420.12
c) 421.23
d) 422.45
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Given a number of poles = 20. Supply frequency is 90 Hz.
Ns=120×f÷P=120×90÷20 = 540 rpm. S=20÷90 = .222 Hz. Nr=(1-s)Ns = 420.12 rpm. Rotor
speed is 420.12 rpm.
3. Calculate the amplitude of the sinusoidal waveform z(t)=.27sin(.369πt+.142π‚4.25).
a) .287
b) .270
c) .216
d) .287
View Answer
Answer: b
difference. By comparing the waveform z(t) with the generalized sinusoidal expression
we can see Vm=.27 and ω=.369π rad/s.
advertisement
4. R.M.S value of the sinusoidal waveform q(t)=2.11cos(87.25t+78π‚478.23).

a) 1.49 V
b) 1.56 V
c) 1.12 V
d) 1.78 V
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: R.M.S value of the sinusoidal waveform is Vm÷2½ and r.m.s value of the
trapezoidal waveform is Vm÷3½. The peak value of the sinusoidal waveform is Vm. The
r.m.s value is Vrms = 2.11÷2½ = 1.49 V.
5. The no-load circuit test on a 3-Φ induction motor is conducted at a rotor speed of
_______
a) Zero
b) < Ns
c) > Ns
d) Ns
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: No-load circuit test in an induction motor is also called an open circuit test
so it is conducted at synchronous speed. Net input power taken is equal to the no-load
rotational losses.
6. If induction motor air gap power is 67 KW and mechanically developed power is 26
KW, then rotor ohmic loss will be _________ KW.
a) 41
b) 42
c) 43
d) 44
View Answer
Answer: a
26=41 KW.
7. Calculate the line voltage in star connection when phase voltage=45 V.
a) 77.9 V
b) 77.6 V
c) 77.2 V
d) 77.8 V
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The line voltage in case of star connection is 1.73 times of phase voltage. It
leads the phase voltage by an angle of 30°. VL-L=1.73×45=77.9 V.
a) .019 Ω
b) .036 Ω
c) .075 Ω
d) .084 Ω
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The slope of the V-I curve is resistance. The slope given is 1.° so
9. If induction motor rotor power is 157.5 KW and gross developed power is 79.9 KW,
then rotor ohmic loss will be _________ KW.
a) 77.5
b) 77.6
c) 76.9
d) 77.1
View Answer
Answer: b
developed power. Rotor ohmic losses=Air gap power-Mechanical developed
power=157.5-79.9=77.6 KW.
10. The power factor of a squirrel cage induction motor generally is ___________
a) .6-.8
b) .1-.2
c) .2-.4
d) .5-.7
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: At light loads, the current drawn is largely a magnetizing current due to the
air gap and hence the power factor is low. The power factor of a squirrel cage induction
motor generally is .6-.8.
11. Calculate the active power in a .89 H inductor.
a) 1.535 W
b) 0 W
c) 2.484 W
d) 1.598 W
View Answer
Answer: b
the inductor so the angle between V & I is 90°. P=VIcos90° = 0 W.
12. Calculate the time period of the waveform i(t)=sin(πt+6π‚4)+sin(πt+5π‚6).
a) 2 sec
b) 4 sec
c) 5 sec
d) 3 sec
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The fundamental time period of the sine wave is 2π. The time period of i(t)
is L.C.M {2,2}=2 sec. The time period is independent of phase shifting and time shifting.
13. Calculate the total heat dissipated in a rotor resistor of 14.23 Ω when .65 A current
flows through it.
a) 6.45 W
b) 6.01 W
c) 6.78 W
d) 6.98 W
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The rotor resistor is a linear element. It only absorbs real power and
dissipates it in the form of heat. The voltage and current are in the same phase in case
of the resistor so the angle between V & I is 90°. P=I2R=.65×.65×14.23=6.01 W.
14. Calculate mark to space ratio if the system is on for 4.3 sec and off for 78.2 sec.
a) .054
b) .047
c) .039
d) .018
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Mark to space is Ton÷Toff. It is the ratio of time for which the system is
active and the time for which is inactive. M = Ton÷Toff = 4.3÷78.2 = .054.
1.At zero in an induction motor
a) Motor runs as a generator

b) Motor does not run
c) The motor runs an at synchronous speed
d) Slip produced is zero
Ans: (b)
2. In an induction motor, rotor slots are usually not quite parallel to the shaft but are given a
slight skew
a) To reduce the magnetic hum

b) To reduce the locking tendency of the rotor
c) Both (a) and (b) above
d) To increase the speed of the motor
Ans: (c)
3. The field of an induction motor rotor rotates relative to the stator at
a) Rotor speed
b) Synchronous speed
c) Slip speed
d) Very low speed
Ans: (b)
4. In an induction motor, rotor runs at a speed
a) Equal to the speed of stator field

b) Lower than the speed of stator field
c) Higher than the speed of stator field
d) Having no relation with the speed of stator field
Ans: (b)
5. Starters are used in induction motor because
a) Its starting torque is high

b) It is run against heavy load
c) It can not run in reverse direction
d) Its starting current is five times or more than its rated current
Ans: (d)
6. When an induction motor runs at rated load and speed, the iron losses are
a) Negligible
b) Very heavy
c) Independent of supply frequency
d) Independent of supply voltage
Ans: (a)
7. By synchronous wattage of an induction motor is meant
a) Stator input in watts

b) Rotor output in watts
c) Rotor input in watts
d) Shaft output in watts
Ans: (c)
8. The emf induced in the rotor of an induction motor is proportional to
a) Voltage applied to stator

b) Relative velocity between flux and rotor conductors
d) Slip
Ans: (c)
9. The synchronous speed of an induction motor is defined as
a) Natural speed at which a magnetic field rotates

b) The speed of a synchronous motor
c) The speed of an induction motor at no load
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
10. The starting torque of an indication motor is maximum when
a) Rotor resistance equals rotor reactance

b) Rotor resistance is twice the rotor reactance
c) Rotor resistance is half the rotor reactance
d) Rotor resistance is R2 times the rotor reactance
Ans: (a)
application
a) For running different machine tools where several speeds are required
b) For running paper machine requiring exact speed control
c) For running electric vehicles
d) For running rolling mills needing exact speed control
Ans: (a)
12. Wattmeter reading in no-load test of induction motor gives
a) Copper losses in the stator

b) Friction and winding losses
c) Sum of (a) and (b) above
d) Total losses in the rotor on no load
Ans: (d)
13. The slip frequency of an induction motor is
a) The frequency of rotor currents

b) The frequency of stator currents
c) Difference of the frequencies of the stator and rotor currents
d) Sum of the frequencies of the stator and rotor currents
Ans: (a)
14. The field winding of a three phase synchronous machine is excited by
a) Single-phase ac supply
b) Three- phase ac supply
c) Dc supply
d) Supply obtained from an inverter
Ans: (c)
15. With increase of load, the speed of induction motor operating in the stable region
a) Increases
b) Decreases
c) Remains constant
d) Increases and then becomes constant
Ans: (b)
16. When a polyphase induction motor is loaded
a) Increases and its frequency decreases

b) Increases and its frequency increases
c) Decreases and its frequency increases
d) Decreases and its frequency decreases
Ans: (a)
17. In the following motor, external resistance can be added to start the motor
a) Slip ring induction motor

b) Squirrel cage induction motor
c) Salient pole synchronous motor
d) Wound rotor synchronous motor
Ans: (a)
18. If in a 3-phase induction motor, two phases open accidently, the motor will
a) Run at dangerously high speed
b) Stop
c) Continue to run depending on load
d) None of these
Ans: (c)
19. An induction motor is running at its rated torque and rated applied voltage of 440 volts.
The effect of reducing the applied voltage to say 350 volts is
a) That the motor stops

b) Current decreases slightly
c) Speed reduces slightly
d) Motor heats up with passage of time
Ans: (d)
20. A three-phase synchronous machine is a
a) Single excited machine

b) Double excited machine
c) Machine in which three-phase supply is fed to both stator and rotor winding
d) None of these
Ans: (c)
21. The disadvantage of starting an induction motor with a star-delta starter is that
a) The starting torque is one-third of the torque in case of delta connection

b) During starting high losses result
c) The starting torque increases and the motor runs with jerks
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
22. Squirrel cage induction motor has
a) Zero starting torque

b) Very small starting torque
c) Medium starting torque
d) Very high starting torque
Ans: (b)
23. Improvement of the power factor in an induction motor results in
a) Decreased torque
b) Increased torque
c) Increased torque current
d) Increased torque and decreased current due to increased impedance
Ans: (d)
24. The purpose of blades in a squirrel cage induction motor is
a) To reduce the magnetic resistance of the rotor

b) To cool the rotor
c) To reduce the electrical resistance of rotor cage
d) None of these
Ans: (b)
25. Which of the following function is served by the resistance placed in parallel with one
phase of three-phase induction motor?
a) Smooth starting
b) Higher starting torque
c) Higher maximum torque
d) Higher reduced starting torque
Ans: (a)
26. Which of the following is the advantage of double squirrel cage rotor as compared to the
round bar cage rotor?
a) Large slip
b) Lower starting torque
c) Higher power factor
d) Higher efficiency
Ans: (b)
27. The rotor output of an induction motor is 15 kW and the slip is 4%. Then the rotor copper
loss is
a) 600 watts
b) 300 watts
c) 700 watts
d) 1200 watts
Ans: (a)
28. On open circuiting the rotor of a squirrel cage induction motor, the rotor
a) Makes noise
b) Does not run
c) Does not run
d) Runs at dangerously high speed
Ans: (c)
29. Number of different speed that can be obtained from two induction motors in cascade is
a) 6
b) 4
c) 3
d) 2
Ans: (b)
30. The drawback of speed control of a slip ring induction motor with the help of resistance
in the circuit is that
a) It is applicable only to motors having power of more than 100 kW

b) It results in high losses
c) With reduction in speed, the torque decreases significantly
d) The speed can be controlled only very broadly
Ans: (b)
31. Advantage of slip ring induction motor over squirrel cage induction motor is
a) Suitability of high speeds

b) Higher efficiency
d) That it can be started using factor resistance
Ans: (d)
32. In an induction motor, the rotor input is 600 W and slip is 4%. The rotor copper loss is
a) 700 W
b) 625 W
c) 600 W
d) 650 W
Ans: (b)
33. The starting torque of a cage rotor induction motor can be increased by using rotor having
a) Low inductance and low resistance

b) Low inductance and high resistance
c) High inductance and high resistance
d) High inductance and low resistance
Ans: (c)
34. For smooth starting of three-phase squirrel cage induction motor, the starting method
preferred is
a) Rotor resistance
b) Star-delta
c) Auto-transformer
d) Stator resistance
Ans: (c)
35. Large air gap in an induction motor results in

a) Reduced noise
b) Reduced pulsation losses
c) Better cooling
d) Increased overload capacity
Ans: (b)
36. The power factor of star connected induction motor is 0.5. On being connected in delta,
the power factor will?
a) Increase
b) Reduce
c) Remain the same
d) Become zero
Ans: (b)
37. Simplest method of eliminating the harmonic induction torque is
a) Integral slot winding

b) Chording
c) Skewing
d) None of these
Ans: (b)
38. Any odd harmonic in the current of an induction motor will result in magnetic field which
a) Is stationary relative to the field of the fundamental

b) Rotates in forward direction at the harmonic speed
c) Rotates in backward direction
d) Oscillates at harmonic frequency
Ans: (c)
39. The drive generally used for lathe machines are
a) Dc shunt motors
b) Slip ring induction motors
c) Synchronous motors
d) Squirrel cage induction motors
Ans: (d)
40. Cogging of motor implies that motor
a) Refuses to start at load

b) Refuses to start at no load
c) Runs at low speed and then stops
d) Runs at very low speed
Ans: (b)
41. Motor commonly used for traction purpose is
a) Induction motor
b) Dc series motor
c) Dc shunt motor
d) Synchronous motor
Ans: (b)
42. In a double cage induction motor, the inner cage has
a) Low R and low X

b) Low R and high X
c) High R and high X
d) High R and low X
Ans: (b)
43. Maximum power developed in a synchronous motor occurs at a coupling angle of
a) 0°
b) 60°
c) 90°
d) 120°
Ans: (c)
44. The back emf set up in the stator of synchro-nous motor depends on
a) Speed of the rotor

b) Input to prime mover
c) Rotor excitation
d) Coupling angle
Ans: (c)
45. The speed of a three-phase cage-rotor induction motor depends on
a) Number of pole alone

b) Frequency of the supply alone
c) Input voltage
d) Number of poles and frequency of supply
Ans: (d)
46. Synchronous induction motors are mostly used for driving
a) Rotary compressors
b) Cranes
c) Lathe machines
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
47.Dispersion coefficient o is the ratio of
a) Magnetizing current to ideal short circuit current

b) Magnetizing current to supply voltage
c) Open circuit voltage to short circuit current for the same excitation
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
48. The noise and tooth pulsation losses may be reduced by using
a) Large number of open slots in stator
b) Large number of narrow slots in stator
c) small number of open slots in stator
d) Small number of narrow slots in stator
Ans: (b)
49. The faction slip of an induction motor is to ratio
a) Rotor Cu loss/rotor input

b) Rotor Cu loss/rotor output
c) stator Cu loss/stator input
d) Rotor Cu loss/stator Cu loss
Ans: (a)
50. When a 3-phase synchronous motor is switched on, three exists a rotating magnetic field.
The magnitude of this field flux
a) Varies with power factor

b) Varies with load
c) Is constant at all loads
d) None of these
Ans: (c)
Related Topics
‣ Multiple Choice Question (MCQ) of Induction Motors page-7‣ Multiple Choice Question (MCQ) of
Induction Motors page-6‣ Multiple Choice Question (MCQ) of Induction Motors page-5‣ Multiple
Choice Question (MCQ) of Induction Motors page-4‣ Multiple Choice Question (MCQ) of Induction
Motors page-3‣ Multiple Choice Question (MCQ) of Induction Motors page-2‣ Multiple Choice
Question (MCQ) of Induction Motors page-1
Index
SymbolsTransformerRelayPower-SystemBasic-electricalACSR-ConductorCircuit-BreakerInterview-
questions-of-Basic-ElectricityInterview-questions-of-transformerInsulatorCurrent-
TransformerMCQMCQ-powersystemThermal-power-stationInterview-questions-of-Power-
SystemPower-ElectronicsInterview-questions-of-Underground-CableInterview-questions-of-
IlluminationIlluminationMCQ-of-ElectronicsMCQ-of-Basic-ElectricalMCQ-of-TransformersMCQ-of-
D.C-motorMCQ-of-D.C-generatorsMCQ-Control-SystemMCQ-Measurementsmcq-of-Generation-
power-systemMCQ-of-Induction-MotorMCQ-of-Transmission-DistributionMCQ-of-Electrical-
MachinesMCQ-of-Alternator-and-Synchronous-Motors
Multiple Choice Question

(MCQ) of Induction Motors
page-6
51. The complete circuit diagram of a 3-phase induction motor can be drawn with
the help of
a) Block rotor test alone.

b) Running-light and blocked-rotor and stator-resistance tests
c) Both running-light and blocked-rotor tests
d) Running-light test alone
Ans: (b)
52. Which of the following motors is most suitable for best speed control?
a) Dc shunt motor
b) Dc series motor
c) Induction motor
Ans: (a)
53. A SCIM runs at constant speed only so long as
a) Stator flux remains constant

b) Its torque exactly equals the mechanical load
c) Its supply voltage remains constant
d) Torque developed by it remains constant
Ans: (b)
54. If the frequency of input power to an induction motor increases, the rotor
copper loss
a) Decreases
b) Increases
c) Remains the same
d) None of these
Ans: (b)
55. The synchronous speed of a linear induction motor does NOT depend on
a) Width of pole pitch

b) Number of poles
c) Supply frequency
d) Any of the above
Ans: (a)
56. The stator frame in an induction motor is used
a) To provide ventilation to the armature

b) To protect the whole machine
c) To hole the armature stampings/stator
d) As a return path for the flux
Ans: (d)
57.If the stator voltage and frequency of an induction motor are reduced
proportionately, its
a) Locked rotor current is reduced

b) Torque developed is increased
c) Magnetizing current is decreased
d) Both (a) and (b)
Ans: (d)
58. Motor A has deeper and narrow slots, whereas motor B. It has shallow and
wide slots. Induction motor A, as compared to motor B, has
a) More operating slip

b) Lass starting torque
c) More pull-out torque
d) More starting torque
Ans: (b)
59. If a single phase motor runs hot. The probable cause may be
a) Overload
b) Low voltage
c) High voltage
d) Amu pf the above
Ans: (d)
60. Which of the following single phase motors is relatively free from mechanical
and magnetic vibration?
a) Reluctance motor
b) Hysteresis motor
c) Universal motor
d) Shaded pole motor
Ans: (b)
61. Single phase induction motor can be made self-starting by
a) Adding series combination of capacitor and auxiliary winding in parallel with the
main winding
b) Adding an auxiliary winding in parallel with the main winding
c) Adding an auxiliary winding in series with a capacitor and the main winding
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
62. Which of the following single phase motors does not have constant speed
characteristic?
a) Reluctance motor
b) Hysteresis motor
c) Universal motor
d) All of the above
Ans: (c)
63. For the same rating which of the following motors has the highest starting
torque?
a) Universal motor
b) Split phase motor
c) Synchronous motor
d) All have identical starting torque
Ans: (a)
64. All single phase motors have
a) Large starting torque

b) Zero starting torque
d) Very small starting torque
Ans: (b)
65. If a single phase motor fails to start, the probable cause may be
a) Open circuit in auxiliary winding

b) Open circuit in many winding
c) Blown fuses
d) Any of the above
Ans: (d)
66. Single phase motors generally get overheated due to
a) Overloading
b) Short winding
c) Bearing troubles
d) Any of above
Ans: (d)
67. The speed of the split phase induction motor can be reversed by reversing the
leads of
a) Auxiliary winding
b) Mani winding
c) Either (a) or (b)
d) Speed can not be reversed
Ans: (c)
68. If a single phase motor runs slow, it may be due to
a) Overload
b) Low frequency
c) Low voltage
d) Any of these
Ans: (d)
69. A capacitor start single phase induction motor will usually have power factor
of
a) Units
b) 0.6 leading
c) 0.8 leading
d) 0.6 lagging
Ans: (d)
70. Which of the following single phase motors is cheapest?
a) Capacitor run motor

b) Capacitor start motor
c) Reluctance motor
d) All have almost the same cost
Ans: (b)
1. In the rotor voltage injection method, when an external voltage source is in phase with
the main voltage then speed will ___________
a) Increase
b) Decrease
c) Remain unchanged
d) First increases then decrease
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In the rotor injection method, when an external voltage is in phase with the
main voltage net voltage increases and the value of slip decreases and the value of rotor
speed increases.
2. A 2-pole, 3-phase, ______ Hz induction motor is operating at a speed of 550 rpm.
The frequency of the rotor current of the motor in Hz is 2.
a) 9.98
b) 9.71
c) 9.12
d) 9.37
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Given a number of poles = 2. Rotor speed is 550 rpm.
Ns=120×f÷P=120×f÷2 = 60f rpm. S=Ns-Nr÷Ns. F2=sf. S=F2÷f. Supply frequency is 9.37 Hz.
3. Calculate the average value of the sinusoidal waveform x(t)=848sin(1.65πt+2π‚0.68).
a) 0
b) 78 V
c) 15 V
d) 85 V
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Sinusoidal waveform is generally expressed in the form of V=V msin(Ωt+α)
where Vm represents peak value, Ω represents angular frequency, α represents a phase
difference. The average value of a sine wave is zero because of equal and opposite
lobes areas.
advertisement
4. R.M.S value of the periodic square waveform of amplitude 72 V.
a) 72 V
b) 56 V
c) 12 V
d) 33 V
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: R.M.S value of the periodic square waveform is Vm and r.m.s value of the
trapezoidal waveform is Vm÷3½. The peak value of the periodic square waveform is Vm.
5. In the rotor voltage injection method, when an external voltage source is in opposite
phase with the main voltage then speed will ___________
a) Increase
b) Decrease
c) Remain unchanged
d) First increases then decrease
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In the rotor injection method, when an external voltage is in opposite phase
with the main voltage net voltage decreases and the value of slip increases and the
value of rotor speed decreases.
6. The rotor injection method is a part of the slip changing technique.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Rotor injection method comes under slip changing technique. It uses an
external voltage source to change the slip value. The load torque remains constant here.
7. The slip recovery scheme is a part of the synchronous speed changing technique.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Slip recovery scheme comes under the synchronous speed changing
technique. It uses an external induction machine to change the frequency value. The
load torque remains constant here.
a) .16 Ω
b) .26 Ω
c) .25 Ω
d) .44 Ω
View Answer
Answer: a
9. If induction motor air gap power is 1.8 KW and gross developed power is .1 KW, then
rotor ohmic loss will be _________ KW.
a) 1.7
b) 2.7
c) 3.7
d) 4.7
View Answer
Answer: a
developed power. Rotor ohmic losses=Air gap power-Mechanical developed power =
1.8-.1=1.7 KW.
10. The power factor of a squirrel cage induction motor is ___________
a) High at light load only
b) High at heavy loads only
c) Low at the light and heavy loads both
d) Low at rate load only
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: At heavy loads, the current drawn is high due to which active power
component increases. Increase in active power component increases the power factor of
the machine.
11. At low values of slip, the electromagnetic torque is directly proportional to
___________
a) s
b) s2
c) s3
d) s4
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: At low values of slip, the electromagnetic torque is directly proportional to
slip value. Due to heavy loading slip value decreases which increases the ratio of R 2÷s.
12. Calculate the time period of the waveform v(t)=12sin(8πt+8π‚15)+144sin(2πt+π‚6)+
445sin(πt+7π‚6).
a) 8 sec
b) 4 sec
c) 7 sec
d) 3 sec
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The fundamental time period of the sine wave is 2π. The time period of z(t)
is L.C.M {4,1,2}=4 sec. The time period is independent of phase shifting and time
shifting.
13. Calculate the total heat dissipated in a resistor of 44 Ω when 0 A current flows
through it.
a) 0 W
b) 2 W
c) 1.5 W
d) .3 W
View Answer
Answer: a
so the angle between V & I is 90°. P=I2R=0×0×44=0 W.
14. The value of slip at which maximum torque occurs ________
a) R2÷X2
b) 4R2÷X2
c) 2R2÷X2
d) R2÷3X2
View Answer
Answer: a
1. An electric drive consists of *
2/2
(A) motor, supply system and load.
(B) motor and load
(C) motor, control equipment and load
(D) motor, transmitting shaft and control equipment
2. The classes of duty for electrical motor are specified in Indian Standard, as per *
2/2
(A) ISS 1271
(B) ISS 4722
(C) ISS 4271

(D) ISS 1722
3. Centrifugal pumps are usually driven by *

2/2
(A) dc shunt motors
(B) dc series motors
(C) squirrel cage induction motors
(D) any of the above.
4. In case of kiln drives in cement mills *

2/2
(A) starting torque is almost zero
(B) starting torque and running torque are nearly equal
(C) starting torque is more than double of the running torque.
(D) none of them
5 The capacity of a crane is expressed in terms of *

2/2
(A) span
(B) kW
(C) tonnes
(D) any of the above

6. The external rotor resistance of a slip-ring motor can be varied by using *
0/2
(A) rectifier
(B) inverter
(C) d c chopper
(D) any of the above
Correct answer
(C) d c chopper
7. In a constant power type load *

2/2
(A) torque is proportional to speed
(B) torque is inversely proportional to speed
(C) torque is proportional to square of speed

(D) torque is independent of speed
8. Electrical braking can provide *

0/2
(A) low holding torque
(B) high holding torque
(C) moderate holding torque

(D) no holding torque
Correct answer
(D) no holding torque
9. A spinning motor in a textile mill should have *

2/2
(A) a very good peak torque
(B) moderate starting torque and uniform acceleration
(C) high starting torque and peak torque

(D) no windage torque
10. To save the energy during braking *

2/2
(A) dynamic braking is used
(B) plugging is used
(C) regenerative braking is used
(D) mechanical braking is used

electric drive for a particular application depends upon
2. Starting Nature
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Ques 2. Which of the following motor is preferred for automatic
drives?
4. Shunt Motor
Hide Explanation
electric drive for the Load Variation application depends upon
1. Constant Load
3. Pulsating Load
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
1. Individual drive
2. Multimotor drive
3. Group Drive
Hide Explanation
1. HIgh efficiency
2. Low Noise
3. Constant speed
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
1. Low efficiency
3. Can’t be used for constant operation
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Ques 7. In __________ drive each machine is driven by its own
separate motor with the help of gears and pulley
1. Individual drive
2. Multimotor drive
3. Group Drive
Hide Explanation
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Ques 12. _________ duty cycle consist of frequent on load and off-
load period.
3. Short Time duty
Hide Explanation
Ques 13. Which duty cycle is preferred if the load requires a
constant power for short period of time and rest for sufficient
longer duration.?
1. Short Time duty
Hide Explanation
work?
3. DC Shunt Motor
Hide Explanation
ues 16. For an application that requires smooth and precise speed
control over the wide range, the motor is preferred is
3. DC motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. DC Motor
Ques 17. Which type of drive can be used for Hoisting Machinery?
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Under which of the following condition the squirrel cage induction
motor is preferred over the wound rotor induction motor.?
1. When an external voltage is to be necessarily into the
rotor
2. When the wide range of speed control is required
3. When the cost is the major consideration
4. When higher starting torque is required
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. When the cost is the major consideration
Ques 22. _________ are employed for the operation of Jaw Crushers
1. DC shunt wound motor
3. Belted slip ring induction motor
4. Any DC motor
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Belted slip ring induction motor
Ques 23. A synchronous Motor is found more economical when the
load is above
1. 1 kW
2. 10 kW
3. 20 kW
4. 100 kW
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. 100 kW
Ques 24. When quick speed reversal is is a consideration, the motor
preferred is
3. Wound Rotor induction motor
4. DC motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. DC Motor
ues 25. Stator voltage control for the speed control of induction
motor is suitable for
1. Fan and Pump Drive
2. Drive of a crane
3. Running as the generator
4. Constant Load drive
Hide Explanation
Answer 1. Fan and Pump Drive
Ques 26. The selection of control gear for a particular application is
based on the consideration of
1. Duty
2. Starting Torque
3. Limitation of starting current
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Answer D. All of the above
Ques 27. As compared to three phase induction motor the
advantage of synchronous Motor in addition to its constant speed
is
1. Higher Power factor
2. Better efficiency
3. Both 1 & 2
Hide Explanation
Answer.3. Both 1 & 2
Ques 28. In motor, the static frequency changers are used for
1. Power factor management
2. Improved cooling
3. Reversal of direction
4. Speed Regulation
Hide Explanation
Answer 4. Speed Regulation
Ques 29. V/f is maintained constant in the following case of speed
control of induction motor:
1. Below base speed with voltage control
2. Below the base speed with frequency control✓
3. Above base speed with frequency control
4. None of these
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. Below the base speed with frequency control
Ques 30. In case of traveling cranes, the motor preferred for boom
hoist
1. AC Slip Ring Motor
2. Ward Leonard Controlled DC Shunt Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer.1. AC Slip Ring Motor
1. The travelling speed of cranes varies from
(a) 20 to 30 m/s
(b) 10 to 15 m/s
(c) 5 to 10 m/s
(d) 1 to 2.5 m/s
Answer: (d) 1 to 2.5 m/s.
HIDE ANSWER
2. Which of the following motors is preferred when quick speed reversal is the main consideration ?
(a) Squirrel cage induction motor
(b) Wound rotor induction motor
(d) D.C. motor
Answer: (d) D.C. motor.
HIDE ANSWER
3. For crane travel which of the following motors is normally used ?
(a) Synchronous motor

(b) D.C. differentially compound motor
(c) Ward-Leonard controlled D.C. shunt motor
(d) A.C. slip ring motor
Answer: (d) A.C. slip ring motor.
HIDE ANSWER
4. The capacity of a crane is expressed in terms of
(a) type of drive
(b) span
(c) tonnes
(d) any of the above
Answer: (c) tonnes.
HIDE ANSWER
5. The characteristics of drive for crane hoisting and lowering are which of the following?
(a) Precise control
(b) Smooth movement
(c) Fast speed control
(d) All of the above
Answer: (d) All of the above.
HIDE ANSWER
6. Which of the following motor is preferred for boom hoist of a travelling crane ?
(a) Single phase motor
(b) Synchronous motor
(c) A.C. slip-ring motor
(d) Ward-Leonard controlled D.C. shunt motor
Answer: (c) A.C. slip-ring motor.
HIDE ANSWER
7. Which of the following motors has series characteristics ?

(a) Shaded pole motor
(b) Repulsion motor
(c) Capacitor start motor
Answer: (b) Repulsion motor.
HIDE ANSWER
8. For a D.C. shunt motor which of the following is incorrect?
(a) Unsuitable for heavy duty starting
(b) Torque varies as armature current
(c) Armature current is a straight line
(d) Torque is zero for zero armature current
Answer: (a) Unsuitable for heavy duty starting.
HIDE ANSWER
9. For which of the following applications motor has to start with high acceleration?
(a) Oil expeller
(b) Floor mill
(c) Lifts and hoists
(d) Centrifugal pump
Answer: (c) Lifts and hoists.
HIDE ANSWER
10. Which of the following types of motor enclosure is safest ?
(a) Totally enclosed
(b) Totally enclosed fan cooled
(c) Open type
(d) Semi closed
Answer: (b) Totally enclosed fan cooled.
HIDE ANSWER
11. While selecting motor for an air conditioner which of the following characteristics is of great
importance?
(a) Type of bearing
(b) Type of enclosure
(c) Noise
(d) Arrangement for power transmission
Answer: (c) Noise.
HIDE ANSWER
12. The diameter of the rotor shaft for an electric motor depends on which of the following?
(a) r.p.m. only
(b) Horse power only
(c) Horse power and r.p.m.
(d) Horse power, r.p.m. and power factor
Answer: (c) Horse power and r.p.m.
HIDE ANSWER
13. Which of the following alternatives will be cheaper?
(a) A 100 H.P. A.C. three phase motor
(b) Four motors of 25 H.P. each
(c) Five motors of 20 H.P. each
(d) Ten motors of 10 H.P. each
Answer: (a) A 100 H.P. A.C. three phase motor.
HIDE ANSWER
14. The cost of an induction motor will increase as
(a) horsepower rating increases but r.p.m. decreases
(b) horsepower rating decreases but r.p.m. increases
(c) horsepower rating and operating speed increases
(d) horsepower rating and operating speed decreases

Answer: (a) horsepower rating increases but r.p.m. decreases.
HIDE ANSWER
15. In series motor which of the following methods can he used for changing the flux per pole ?
(a) Tapped field control
(b) Divertor field control
(c) Series-parallel control
(d) Any of the above
Answer: (d) Any of the above.
HIDE ANSWER
16. Which of the following drives is suitable for mines where explosive gas exists?
(a) Steam engine
(b) Diesel engine
(c) Battery locomotive
(d) Any of the above
Answer: (c) Battery locomotive.
HIDE ANSWER
17. The wheels of a train, engine as well bogies, are slightly tapered to
(a) reduce friction
(b) increase friction
(c) facilitate braking
(d) facilitate in taking turns
Answer: (d) facilitate in taking turns.
HIDE ANSWER
18. Which of the following is the advantage of electric braking ?
(a) It avoids wear of track.
(b) Motor continues to remain loaded during braking.
(c) It is instantaneous.
(d) More heat is generated during breaking.
Answer: (a) It avoids wear of track.
HIDE ANSWER
19. Which of the following braking systems on the locomotives is costly ?
(a) Regenerative braking on electric locomotives
(b) Vacuum braking on diesel locomotive
(c) Vacuum braking on steam locomotive
(d) All braking systems are equally costly
Answer: (a) Regenerative braking on electric locomotives.
HIDE ANSWER
20. Tractive effort is required to
(a) overcome the gravity component of train mass
(b) overcome friction, windage and curve resistance
(c) accelerate the train mass
(d) do all of the above
Answer: (d) do all of the above.
HIDE ANSWER
21. For given maximum axle load, tractive efforts of A.C. locomotive will be
(a) less than that of D.C. locomotive
(b) more than that of D.C. locomotive
(c) equal to that of D.C. locomotive
(d) none of the above
Answer: (b) more than that of D.C. locomotive.
HIDE ANSWER
22. Co-efficient of adhesion reduces due to the presence of which of the following?
(a) Sand on rails
(b) Dew on rails

(c) Oil on the rails
(d) Dew and oil on the rails
Answer: (d) Dew and oil on the rails.
HIDE ANSWER
23. Due to which of the following coefficient of adhesion improves ?
(a) Rust on the rails
(b) Dust on the rails
(c) Sand on the rails
Answer: (d) All of the above.
HIDE ANSWER
24. Quadrilateral speed-time curve pertains to which of the following service?
(a) Main lime service
(b) Urban service
(c) Sub-urban service
(d) Urban and sub-urban service
Answer: (d) Urban and sub-urban service.
HIDE ANSWER
25. Which of the following is the disadvantage of electric traction over other systems of traction ?
(a) Corrosion problems in the underground pipe work.
(b) Short time power failure interrupts traffic for hours.
(c) High capital outlay in fixed installations beside route limitation.
(d) Interference with communication lines.
(e) All of the above
Answer: (e) All of the above.
HIDE ANSWER
26. Speed-time curve of main line service differs from those of urban and sub-urban services on
following account
(a) it has longer free running period
(b) it has longer wresting period
(c) accelerating and braking periods are comparatively smaller
Answer: (d) all of the above.
HIDE ANSWER
27. The rate of acceleration on suburban or urban services in restricted by the consideration of
(a) engine power
(b) track curve
(c) passenger discomfort
(d) track size
Answer: (c) passenger discomfort.
1. Load torques can be classified into how many types?
a) Three
b) Two
c) Four
d) Five
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Load torques can have two types. They are active and passive load torques. Active load
torques are able to run the motor under equilibrium conditions and their sign remains the same
even if the motor rotation changes but passive load torques always opposes the motion by changing
their sign with the change in rotation of the motor.
2. Rolling mills exhibit what type of load torque characteristics?
a) Constant torque characteristics
b) Linearly rising torque characteristics
c) Non-Linearly rising torque characteristics

d) Non-Linearly decreasing torque characteristics
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Rolling mills are an example of non-linearly decreasing torque characteristics because
torque and speed exhibits inversely proportional relationships and power are constant.
3. What is the relationship between torque and speed in constant type loads?
a) Torque is independent of speed
b) Torque linearly increases with increase in speed
c) Torque non-linearly increases with an increase in speed
d) Torque non-linearly decreases with an increase in speed
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Speed hoist is a perfect example of constant type loads in which torque variation is
independent of speed. The speed-torque characteristics of this type of load are given by T=K where K
is a constant.
advertisement
4. Torque inversely varies with the speed in the windage load torque component.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Torque varies with a square of speed in the windage load torque component whereas
in coulomb torque component torque is constant.
5. What type of force handles for active torques?
a) Strong nuclear forces
b) Weak nuclear forces
c) Gravitational forces
d) Electrostatic forces
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Gravitational forces are responsible for active torques. Active torques due to
gravitational forces can be obtained in the case of hoists, lifts or elevators and railway locomotives
operating on gradients.
6. Passive torques always oppose the motion of the driven machine.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Passive torques are due to friction or shear and deformation in elastic bodies. They
always oppose the motion, restricting the motion of the machine.
7. Among the following which one exhibits linearly rising load torque characteristics?
a) Elevators
b) Rolling Mills
c) Fan load
d) Separately excited dc generator connected to the resistive load
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Separately excited dc generator connected to the resistive load is an example of linearly
rising load torque characteristics as the torque increases linearly with an increase in speed.
8. What is the condition for the steady-state operation of the motor?
a) Load torque > Motor torque
b) Load torque <<<< Motor torque
c) Load torque = Motor torque
d) Load torque < Motor torque
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: According to the dynamic equation of motor, load torque must be equal to motor
torque so that motor should run at a uniform speed. If load torque is greater than motor torque, the
motor will fail to start and if load torque is less than motor torque, the motor will run at a higher
speed which can damage the shaft of the motor.
9. Choose the correct one. (* stands for multiplication, J represents the moment of inertia, w
represents angular speed).
a) J*d(w)/dt = Load torque – Motor torque
b) J*d(w)/dt = Load torque + Motor torque
c) J*d(w)/dt = Motor torque – Load torque
d) J*d(w)/dt = Load torque * Motor torque
View Answer
Answer: c
1. Servo motors are an example of which type of load?
a) Pulsating loads
b) Short time loads
c) Impact loads
d) Short time intermittent loads
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Servo motors are motors with control feedback. The motor can be AC or DC. This is an
example of short time loads. They have a high torque to inertia ratio and high-speed.
2. Load torque of the crane is independent of _________
a) Speed
b) Seebeck effect
c) Hall effect
d) Thomson effect
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Load torque of the crane is independent of speed. They are short time intermittent
types of loads. They require constant power for a short period of time.
3. The unit of angular velocity is rad/s3.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Angular velocity is defined as the rate of change of angular displacement with respect
to time. Angular displacement is generally expressed in terms of a radian. The unit of angular
velocity is rad/s.
advertisement
4. R.M.S value of the sinusoidal waveform V=Vmsin(ωt+α).
a) Vm÷2½
b) Vm÷2¼
c) Vm÷2¾
d) Vm÷3½
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: R.M.S value of the sinusoidal waveform is Vm÷2½ and r.m.s value of the trapezoidal
waveform is Vm÷3½. The peak value of the sinusoidal waveform is Vm.
5. Calculate the time period of the waveform x(t)=24sin(24πt+π÷4).
a) .064 sec
b) .047 sec
c) .083 sec
d) .015 sec
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The fundamental time period of the sine wave is 2π. The time period of x(t) is
2π÷24π=.083 sec. The time period is independent of phase shifting and time shifting.
6. The turn-off times of the devices in the increasing order is ___________

I. MOSFET
II. BJT
III. IGBT
IV. Thyristor
a) I, III, II, IV
b) I, II, III, IV
c) III, I, II, IV
d) III, II, IV, I
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Increasing turn-off time implies decreasing speed and majority carrier devices do not
have any minority charge carrier storage so they have less turn-off time and hence MOSFET has the
least turn off time. So, the increasing order of turn-off time is, MOSFET < IGBT < BJT < Thyristor.
7. Which of the following devices should be used as a switch for high power and high voltage
application?
a) GTO
b) MOSFET
c) TRIAC
d) Thyristor
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Thyristor is used for high power applications but it has a limited frequency range and
cannot be used at high frequencies. A thyristor is a unidirectional, bipolar and semi-controlled
device.
8. Calculate the useful power developed by a motor using the given data: Pin = 3000 W, Ia = 60 A, Ra
= .4 Ω. Assume frictional losses are 200 W and windage losses are 400 W.
a) 970 W
b) 960 W
c) 980 W
d) 990 W
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Useful power is basically the shaft power developed by the motor that can be
calculated using the formula Psh = Pdev-(rotational losses). Pdev = Pin-Ia2Ra = 3000-602(.4)=1560
W. The useful power developed by the motor is Psh = Pdev-(rotational losses)=1560 –(200+400)=960
W.
9. Calculate the phase angle of the sinusoidal waveform y(t)=55sin(4πt+π÷8).
a) π÷8
b) π÷5
c) π÷7
d) π÷4
View Answer
Answer: a
1. Load torques can be classified into how many types?
a) Three
b) Two
c) Four
d) Five
Answer: b
Explanation: Load torques can have two types. They are active and passive load torques. Active load
torques are able to run the motor under equilibrium conditions and their sign remains the same
even if the motor rotation changes but passive load torques always opposes the motion by changing
their sign with the change in rotation of the motor.
2. Rolling mills exhibit what type of load torque characteristics?
Answer: d
Explanation: Rolling mills are an example of non-linearly decreasing torque characteristics because
torque and speed exhibits inversely proportional relationships and power are constant.
3. What is the relationship between torque and speed in constant type loads?
a) Torque is independent of speed
b) Torque linearly increases with increase in speed
c) Torque non-linearly increases with an increase in speed
d) Torque non-linearly decreases with an increase in speed
Answer: a
Explanation: Speed hoist is a perfect example of constant type loads in which torque variation is
independent of speed. The speed-torque characteristics of this type of load are given by T=K where K
is a constant.
4. Torque inversely varies with the speed in the windage load torque component.
a) True
b) False
Answer: b
Explanation: Torque varies with a square of speed in the windage load torque component whereas
in coulomb torque component torque is constant.
5. What type of force handles for active torques?
a) Strong nuclear forces
b) Weak nuclear forces
c) Gravitational forces
d) Electrostatic forces
Answer: c
Explanation: Gravitational forces are responsible for active torques. Active torques due to
gravitational forces can be obtained in the case of hoists, lifts or elevators and railway locomotives
operating on gradients.
6. Passive torques always oppose the motion of the driven machine.
a) True
b) False
Answer: a
Explanation: Passive torques are due to friction or shear and deformation in elastic bodies. They
always oppose the motion, restricting the motion of the machine.
7. Among the following which one exhibits linearly rising load torque characteristics?
a) Elevators
b) Rolling Mills
c) Fan load
d) Separately excited dc generator connected to the resistive load
Answer: d
Explanation: Separately excited dc generator connected to the resistive load is an example of linearly
rising load torque characteristics as the torque increases linearly with an increase in speed.
8. What is the condition for the steady-state operation of the motor?
a) Load torque > Motor torque
b) Load torque <<<< Motor torque
c) Load torque = Motor torque
d) Load torque < Motor torque
Answer: c
Explanation: According to the dynamic equation of motor, load torque must be equal to motor
torque so that motor should run at a uniform speed. If load torque is greater than motor torque, the
motor will fail to start and if load torque is less than motor torque, the motor will run at a higher
speed which can damage the shaft of the motor.
9. Choose the correct one. (* stands for multiplication, J represents the moment of inertia, w
represents angular speed).
a) J*d(w)/dt = Load torque – Motor torque
b) J*d(w)/dt = Load torque + Motor torque
c) J*d(w)/dt = Motor torque – Load torque
d) J*d(w)/dt = Load torque * Motor torque
Answer: c
Explanation: J*d(w)/dt = Motor torque – Load torque is the dynamic equation of the motor. Motor
torque will try to aid the motion of the motor, but load torque will oppose the motion of motor
that’s why it subtracts in the equation.
Dynamics – Quadrantal Diagram of Speed – Torque Characteristics
1. Regenerative braking mode can be achieved in which quadrant (V-I curve)?
a) Third
b) Second
c) Fourth
d) First
Answer: b
Explanation: Regenerative braking is only available in second quadrant as power from motor is fed
back to source. Back emf generated (Eb) is more than armature terminal (Vt) so it works as a
generator.
2. Fan type of loads exhibits which type of load torque characteristics?
Answer: c
Explanation: Torque produced by the fan is directly proportional to square of speed throughout the
range of usable fan speeds. This type of loads exhibits non-linearly rising torque characteristics.
3. Type-A chopper is used for obtaining which type of mode?
a) Motoring mode
b) Regenerative braking mode
c) Reverse motoring mode
d) Reverse regenerative braking mode
Answer: a
Explanation: Only motoring mode is available in case of step-down chopper (Type-A chopper). Value
of output voltage (Vo) is less than the input voltage (Vin) in case of step-down chopper.
4. Calculate the value of angular acceleration of motor using the given data: J = 20 kg-m2, load
torque = 20 N-m, motor torque = 60 N-m.
a) 5 rad/s2
b) 2 rad/s2
c) 3 rad/s2
d) 4 rad/s2
Answer: b
Explanation: Using the dynamic equation of motor J*(angular acceleration) = Motor torque – Load
torque: 20*(angular acceleration) = 60-20=40, angular acceleration=2 rad/s2.
5. 230V, 10A, 1500rpm DC separately excited motor having resistance of .2 ohm excited from
external dc voltage source of 50V. Calculate the torque developed by the motor on full load.
a) 13.89 N-m
b) 14.52 N-m
c) 13.37 N-m
d) 14.42 N-m
Answer: b
Explanation: Back emf developed in the motor during full load can be calculated using equation Eb =
Vt- I*Ra = 228 V and machine constant Km = Eb / Wm which is equal to 1.452. Torque can be
calculated by using the relation T = Km* I = 1.452*10 = 14.52 N-m.
6. Boost converter is used to _________
a) Step down the voltage

b) Step up the voltage
c) Equalize the voltage
d) Step up and step down the voltage
Answer: b
Explanation: Output voltage of boost converter is Vo = Vin / 1 – D. Value of duty cycle is less than 1
which makes the Vo > Vin as denominator value decreases and becomes less than 1. Boost converter
is used to step up voltage.
7. Reverse motoring mode is available in fourth quadrant.
a) True
b) False
Answer: a
Explanation: In reverse motoring mode motor rotates in opposite to original direction as direction of
motor torque changes which makes the motor to run in opposite direction and load torque tries to
oppose the motion of motor.
8. Calculate the power developed by motor using the given data: Eb = 20V and I = 10 A. (Assume
rotational losses are neglected)
a) 400 W
b) 200 W
c) 300 W
d) 500 W
Answer: b
Explanation: Power developed by motor can be calculated using the formula P = Eb*I = 20*10 = 200
W. If rotational losses are neglected, power developed becomes equal to the shaft power of motor.
9. Which one is an example of variable loss?
a) Windage loss
b) Hysteresis loss
c) Armature copper loss

d) Friction loss
Answer: c
Explanation: Armature copper losses are variable losses as they depend on armature current which
further depends on load. As load changes armature current changes hence armature copper losses
(I2 * r) also changes.
Dynamics – Load Torques that Depend on the Path or Position Taken by the Load During Motion
1. What is the empirical formula for the tractive force required to overcome curve resistance? (W-
the weight of the body, R – radius of curvature)
a) 710×W÷R
b) 700×W÷R
c) 720×W÷R
d) 750×W÷R
Answer: b
Explanation: Fc= 700×W÷R is the tractive force required to overcome curve resistance where W is
the weight of the body in Kg and R be the radius of curvature in meters.
2. Force resisting the upward motion of a body on an inclined plane is given by (alpha – the angle of
inclination, W- the weight of the body).
a) F = W×sin(alpha)
b) F = W×cosec(alpha)
c) F = W×sec(alpha)
d) F = W×cos(alpha)
Answer: a
Explanation: When a body is moving upward on an inclined plane its weight can be resolved in two
perpendicular components that are W×sin(alpha) and W×cos(alpha). W×cos(alpha) is the component
that is opposite to normal of the inclined plane and W×sin(alpha) is the component that opposes the
upward motion of the body.
3. The unit of the torque is ______
a) N-m
b) N-m2
c) N-m/sec
d) N-Hz
Answer: a
Explanation: Torque is defined as the vector product of displacement and force. The unit of the force
is Newton(N) and of the displacement is a meter (m) so the unit of torque in N-m.
4. Calculate the value of the torque when 10 N force is applied perpendicular to a 10 m length of rod
fixed at the center.
a) 200 N-m
b) 300 N-m
c) 100 N-m
d) 400 N-m
Answer: b
Explanation: Torque can be calculated using the relation T = (length of rod) × (Force applied) =
r×F×sin90. F is given as 10 N and r is 10 m then torque is 10×10 = 100 N-m. (the angle between F and
r is 90 degrees)
5. What is the dimensional formula for torque?
a) [ML2T-2]
b) [MLT-2]
c) [M1L2T-3]
d) [LT-2]
Answer: a
Explanation: Torque is a vector product of force and displacement. Dimensional formula for force is
[MLT-2] and displacement is [L] so dimensional formula for torque is [MLT-2] [L] = [ML2T-2].
6. Buck converter is used to _________

Answer: a
Explanation: The output voltage of the buck converter is Vo = D×Vin. The value of the duty cycle is
less than one which makes the Vo < Vin. The buck converter is used to step down voltage. Vin is a
fixed voltage and Vo is a variable voltage.
7. If the starting torque of the motor is less than the load torque, the motor will fail to start.
a) True
b) False
Answer: a
Explanation: J×d(w)÷d(t) = Motor torque – Load torque is the dynamic equation of motor. If starting
torque (motor torque) is less than the load torque then d(w)÷d(t) <0, acceleration <0 so the motor
will decelerate and fails to start.
8. Torque is a scalar quantity.
a) True
b) False
Answer: b
Explanation: Scalar quantity has only magnitude whereas vector quantity has both directions and
magnitude. Torque is a force applied on a body perpendicularly. As the force is a vector quantity, the
torque must be treated as a vector quantity.
9. 250V, 15A, 1100 rpm separately excited dc motor with armature resistance (Ra) equal to 2 ohms.
Calculate back emf developed in the motor when it operates on half of the full load. (Assume
rotational losses are neglected)
a) 210V
b) 240V
c) 230V
d) 235V
Answer: d
Explanation: Back emf developed in the motor can be calculated using the relation Eb = Vt-I×Ra. In
question, it is asking for half load, but the data is given for full load so current becomes half of the
full load current = 15÷2 = 7.5 A. 250V is terminal voltage it is fixed so Eb = 250-7.5×2 = 235V.
Dynamics – Load Torques that Vary with Angle of Displacement of the Shaft
1. Duty cycle (D) is _______
a) Ton÷Toff
b) Ton÷(Ton+ Toff)
c) Ton÷2×(Ton+ Toff)
d) Ton÷2×Toff
Answer: b
Explanation: Duty cycle (D) is defined as the ratio of time for which system is active to the total time
period. It is also known as the power cycle. It has no unit.
2. A 220 V, 1000 rpm, 60 A separately-excited dc motor has an armature resistance of .5 ω. It is fed

from single-phase full converter with an ac source voltage of 230 V, 50Hz. Assuming continuous
conduction, the firing angle for rated motor torque at (-400) rpm is _________
a) 122.4°
b) 117.6°
c) 130.1°
d) 102.8°
Answer: d
Explanation: During rated operating conditions of the motor, Eb = Vt-Ia×Ra = 220-60×.5=190 V. As

Eb=Kmwm so Km=190×60÷(2×3.14×1000) = 1.8152 V-s/rad. Back emf at (-400 rpm) is Kmwm =
1.8152×(2×3.14×(-400))÷60 = -76 V. Now Vt = -76+60×.5 = -46 V. Average voltage of single-phase full
converter is 2×Vm×cos(α)÷3.14. The output of the converter is connected to the input terminal of
the motor so α = cos-1(-46×3.14÷2×230×1.414) = 102.8o.
3. The unit of angular acceleration is rad/s2.
a) True
b) False
Answer: a
Explanation: Angular acceleration is defined as a derivate of angular velocity with respect to time. It
is generally written as α. The unit of angular velocity is rad/sec and of time is second so the unit of
angular acceleration is rad/s2.
Techniques Of Circuit Analysis MCQs
4. Calculate the value of the angular acceleration of the motor using the given data: J= 50 kg-m2,
load torque = 40 N-m, motor torque = 10 N-m.
a) -.7 rad/s2
b) -.6 rad/s2
c) -.3 rad/s2
d) -.4 rad/s2
Answer: b
Explanation: Using the dynamic equation of motor J*(angular acceleration) = Motor torque – Load
torque: 50*(angular acceleration) = 10-40 = -30, angular acceleration=-.6 rad/s2. The motor will
decelerate and will fail to start.
5. The principle of step-up chopper can be employed for the ________
a) Motoring mode
b) Regenerative mode
c) Plugging
d) Reverse motoring mode
Answer: b
Explanation: The step-down chopper is used in motoring mode but a step-up chopper can operate
only braking mode because the characteristics are in the second quadrant only.
6. A Buck-Boost converter is used to _________
Answer: d
Explanation: The output voltage of the buck-boost converter is Vo = D×Vin ÷ (1-D). It can step up and
step down the voltage depending upon the value of the duty cycle. If the value of the duty cycle is
less than .5 it will work as a buck converter and for duty cycle greater than .5 it will work as a boost
converter.
7. Which of the following converter circuit operations will be unstable for a large duty cycle ratio?
a) Buck converter
b) Boost converter
c) Buck-Boost converter
d) Boost converter and Buck-Boost converter
Answer: d
Explanation: The output voltage of the buck converter and buck-boost converter are Vo=Vin ÷ (1-D)
and Vo = D×Vin ÷ (1-D) respectively. When the value of the duty cycle tends to 1 output voltage
tends to infinity.
8. Calculate the shaft power developed by a motor using the given data: Eb = 50V and I = 60 A.
Assume frictional losses are 400 W and windage losses are 600 W.
a) 4000 W
b) 2000 W
c) 1000 W
d) 1500 W
Answer: b
Explanation: Shaft power developed by the motor can be calculated using the formula P = Eb*I-
(rotational losses) = 50*60 = 3000 – (600+400) = 2000 W. If rotational losses are neglected, the
power developed becomes equal to the shaft power of the motor.
9. Which one of the following devices have low power losses?
a) MOSFET
b) IGBT
c) SCR
d) BJT
Answer: c
Explanation: SCR is a minority carrier device due to which it experiences conductivity modulation
and it’s ON state resistance reduction due to which conduction losses are very low.
Dynamics – Load Torques that Vary with Time
1. Servo motors are an example of which type of load?
a) Pulsating loads
b) Short time loads
c) Impact loads
d) Short time intermittent loads
Answer: b
Explanation: Servo motors are motors with control feedback. The motor can be AC or DC. This is an
example of short time loads. They have a high torque to inertia ratio and high-speed.
2. Load torque of the crane is independent of _________
a) Speed
b) Seebeck effect
c) Hall effect
d) Thomson effect
Answer: a
Explanation: The Load torque of the crane is independent of speed. They are short time intermittent
types of loads. They require constant power for a short period of time.
3. The unit of angular velocity is rad/s3.

a) True
b) False
Answer: b
Explanation: Angular velocity is defined as the rate of change of angular displacement with respect
to time. Angular displacement is generally expressed in terms of a radian. The unit of angular
velocity is rad/s.
4. R.M.S value of the sinusoidal waveform V=Vmsin(ωt+α).
a) Vm÷2½
b) Vm÷2¼
c) Vm÷2¾
d) Vm÷3½
Answer: a
Explanation: R.M.S value of the sinusoidal waveform is Vm÷2½ and r.m.s value of the trapezoidal
waveform is Vm÷3½. The peak value of the sinusoidal waveform is Vm.
5. Calculate the time period of the waveform x(t)=24sin(24πt+π÷4).
a) .064 sec
b) .047 sec
c) .083 sec
d) .015 sec
Answer: c
Explanation: The fundamental time period of the sine wave is 2π. The time period of x(t) is
2π÷24π=.083 sec. The time period is independent of phase shifting and time shifting.
6. The turn-off times of the devices in the increasing order is ___________
I. MOSFET
II. BJT
III. IGBT
IV. Thyristor
a) I, III, II, IV
b) I, II, III, IV
c) III, I, II, IV
d) III, II, IV, I
Answer: a
Explanation: Increasing turn-off time implies decreasing speed and majority carrier devices do not
have any minority charge carrier storage so they have less turn-off time and hence MOSFET has the
least turn off time. So, the increasing order of turn-off time is, MOSFET < IGBT < BJT < Thyristor.
7. Which of the following devices should be used as a switch for high power and high voltage
application?
a) GTO
b) MOSFET
c) TRIAC
d) Thyristor
Answer: d
Explanation: Thyristor is used for high power applications but it has a limited frequency range and
cannot be used at high frequencies. A thyristor is a unidirectional, bipolar and semi-controlled
device.
8. Calculate the useful power developed by a motor using the given data: Pin = 3000 W, Ia = 60 A, Ra
= .4 Ω. Assume frictional losses are 200 W and windage losses are 400 W.
a) 970 W
b) 960 W
c) 980 W
d) 990 W
Answer: b
Explanation: Useful power is basically the shaft power developed by the motor that can be
calculated using the formula Psh = Pdev-(rotational losses). Pdev = Pin-Ia2Ra = 3000-602(.4)=1560
W. The useful power developed by the motor is Psh = Pdev-(rotational losses)=1560 –(200+400)=960
W.
9. Calculate the phase angle of the sinusoidal waveform y(t)=55sin(4πt+π÷8).
a) π÷8
b) π÷5
c) π÷7
d) π÷4
Answer: a
Explanation: Sinusoidal waveform is generally expressed in the form of V=Vmsin(ωt+α) where Vm

represents peak value, ω represents angular frequency, α represents a phase difference.
Dynamics of Motor-Load Combination
1. The axis along which no emf is produced in the armature conductors is called as ____________
a) Geometrical Neutral Axis (GNA)
b) Magnetic Neutral Axis (MNA)
c) Axis of rotation
d) Axis of revolution
Answer: b
2) _____ drive is also called as line shaft drive
• A. Individual drive
• B.Group Drive
• C.Multimotor drive
• D.Both A & B
3) A four quadrant operation requires
• A. two full converters in series.

• B.two full converters connected in parallel.
• C.two full converter connected in back to back.
• D.two semi converters connected in back to back.
4) Full form of TVR is_____
• A. Total voltage reversal

• B.Total voltage reversal
• C.Terminal voltage redirect
• D.Terminal voltage reversal
5) Which of the following type electric drive is used in cranes?
• A. Group
• B.Multimotor
• C.Individual
• D.None of the above
6) The basic elements of a electric drive are:
• A. electric motor.
• B.control system
• C.Both A and B
7) Which of the following motor is preferred for automatic drives?
• A. Shunt Motor
• B.Ward Leonard controlled dc motors
• C.Synchronous motors
• D.Squirrel cage induction motor
8) The formula of thermal voltage is______
• A. K×e÷T
• B.K×T÷e
• C.K*T÷e
10) Which of the following electrical braking system is preferred In
industries ?
• A. Dynamic braking
• B.Plugging braking
• C.Regenerative braking.
• D.Both A & B
11) Which of the following type of force handles for active torques?
• A. Gravitational forces
• B.Electrostatic forces
• C.Strong nuclear forces
• D.Weak nuclear forces
12) DC series motor behaves as a________in dynamic braking.
• A. Transformer
• B.Induction motor
• C.Separately excited motor
• D.Thyristor
13) VVVF control stand for______
• A. Variable voltage variable frequency.

• B.Variable voltage VAr frequency.
• C.Variable VAR voltage frequency.
• D.VAR variable voltage frequency.
14) The type of electric drive for a particular application depends
upon
• A. Environmental condition
• B.Speed control range
• C.Starting Nature
• D.All of the above
15) ____ duty cycle consist of frequent on load and off-load period.
• A. Short Time duty

• B.Intermittent duty
• C.the variable load
• D.constant Load
16) Belt conveyors offer are:
• A. High starting torque

• B.Medium starting torque
• C.Low starting torque
17) The capacity of a crane is expressed in terms of
• A. Span
• B.Drives
• C.Tonnes
• D.Both A & B
19) Which type of drive can be used for Hoisting Machine?
• A. Leonard Method
• B.Compound Motor
• C.Ring Motor
• D.All of the above
20) A synchronous Motor is found more economical when the load is
above
• A. 1 kW
• B.10 kW
• C.100 kW
• D.240 kW
21) In case of kiln drives
• A. Starting torque is almost zero

• B.Starting torque and running torque is nearly equal
• C.Starting torque is more than double of the running torque.
22) ______is preferrd for synthetic fiber mills.
• A. Series motor
• B.Reluctance motor
• C.Synchoronus motor
• D.Shunt motor
23) The friction at the track is proportional to
• A. speed
• B.1/speed
• C.1/speed2
• D.None of these
24) The normal value of adhesion friction is
• A. 0.12
• B.0.25
• C.0.40
• D.0.75
25) ______have maximum unbalanced forces.
• A. Electric locomotives
• B.Diesel shunters
• C.Diesel locomotives
• D.Steam locomotives
1. The PWM control of DC motor varies _________
a) linearly with speed
b) inversely with speed
c) parabolically with speed
d) exponentially with speed
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In PWM technique duty ratio is a linear function with respect to speed.
2. Ward-Leonard system of system of speed control is not recommended for

_________
a) constant speed operation
b) Wide speed
c) frequent-motor reversed
d) very slow speed
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Ward-Leonard system of system of speed control is not recommended

for constant speed operation.
3. Mark the wrong option. Which of the following cause and effect behaviour in
speed control is correct when field resistance is increased.
a) Decrease in flux
b) Increase in armature current
c) Increase in EMF
d) Decrease in speed
View Answer
Answer: c
This set of Electric Drives Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Motors Rating
and Heating – Loading Conditions and Classes of Duty”.
1. Which duty cycle has on load and off-loads period?
a) Intermittent duty
b) Short time duty
c) Continuous duty with constant load
d) Continuous duty with variable load
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Intermittent duty cycle has frequent on load and off-loads period. The on-load period
and off-loads periods are too short to achieve steady-state thermal condition.
2. Which motor is preferred for Jaw crushers?
a) WRIM
b) SCIM
c) Belt slip ring IM
d) DC shunt motor
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Belt slip ring IM is preferred for the operation of Jaw crushers. A high starting is
provided by the Belt ring IM. Slip rings are used to add external resistance.
3. A high starting torque is offered by the Belt Conveyors.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Belt Conveyors can provide continuous-flow transportation. The amount of
material transported on a conveyor system depends upon belt speed, belt width.
advertisement
4. Which starting method is the worst method in Induction motor?
a) Direct online starting
b) Autotransformer starting
c) Reactance starting
d) Star-Delta starting
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The Reactance starting method is the worst method in an Induction motor. It uses the
concept of the potential divider. The losses are very high in case of Reactance starting method.
5. Induction motor is also known as __________
a) Frequency changer
b) Frequency remover
c) Time period remover
d) DC machine
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The Induction motor is also known as frequency changer. The stator frequency can be
changed using the slip concept. The rotor frequency of IM is slip×(stator frequency).
6. The capacity of the Crane is expressed in terms of tonnes.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Cranes are used to carry or lift the heavy loads. The capacity of a Crane is expressed in
terms of tonnes. 1 tonne is equal to 1000 Kg.
7. 1800 second rated motors are used for __________
a) Heavy duty cranes
b) Light duty cranes
c) Medium duty cranes
d) Intermittent duty cranes
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Medium duty crane motor is used to develop high starting torque. They provide the
output for a specified interval of time without exceeding a specified temperature.
8. Calculate the frequency of the rotor side of the IM if the value of slip is 0.34 and the supply
frequency is 70 Hz.
a) 23.8 Hz
b) 22.7 Hz
c) 24.5 Hz
d) 23.1 Hz
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The frequency of the rotor side is low as compared to supply frequency. The rotor
frequency is slip×(supply frequency)=.34×70=23.8 Hz.
9. Calculate the frequency of the stator side of the IM if the value of slip is 0.04 and rotor frequency
is 2 Hz.
a) 50 Hz
b) 49 Hz
c) 45 Hz
d) 51 Hz
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The frequency of the stator side is high as compared to the rotor side. The stator
frequency is (rotor frequency) ÷ slip = 2÷.04 = 50 Hz.
10. Calculate the resonant frequency if the values of the capacitor and inductor are 4 F and 4 H.
a) .25 rad/sec
b) .26 rad/sec
c) .28 rad/sec
d) .29 rad/sec
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: During resonance condition XL=Xc. The value of the resonant frequency is
1÷√LC=1÷√16=.25 rad/sec. The voltage across the capacitor and inductor becomes equal.
11. Calculate the value of the angular acceleration of the Heavy duty crane using the given data: J = 5
kg-m2, load torque = 30 N-m, motor torque = 80 N-m.
a) 10 rad/s2
b) 20 rad/s2
c) 30 rad/s2
d) 50 rad/s2
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Using the dynamic equation of motor J×(angular acceleration) = Motor torque – Load
torque: 5×(angular acceleration) = 80-30=50, angular acceleration=10 rad/s2.
12. Calculate the value of the angular acceleration of the machine using the given data: J = .541 kg-
m2, load torque = 10 N-m, motor torque = 2 N-m.
a) 45 rad/s2
b) The machine will fail to start
c) 30 rad/s2
d) 51 rad/s2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Using the dynamic equation of motor J×(angular acceleration) = Motor torque – Load
torque: .541×(angular acceleration) = 2-10=-8, angular acceleration=-14.78 rad/s2. The load torque is
greater than the motor torque. The motor will fail to start.
13. The direction of the single-phase IM can be reversed by using which one of the method?
a) By interchanging the supply terminals
b) By removing the capacitor
c) By changing the direction of auxiliary winding current
d) By removing the main winding
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The direction of the single-phase IM can be reversed by changing the direction of
auxiliary winding or main winding current.The net torque developed in the IM is ImIasin(Φ).
14. Which motor is preferred for overhead traveling cranes?
a) Intermittent periodic motor
b) Continuous duty motor
c) Slow speed duty motor
d) Short time rated motor
View Answer
Answer: a
This set of Electric Drives Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs) focuses on “Dynamics –
Steady State Stability of Electric Drive”.
1. A 4-pole lap wound generator with 720 armature conductors and a flux per pole of .003 Wb has
an armature current of 50 A. The developed torque is _________
a) 17.25 N-m
b) 17.19 N-m
c) 16.54 N-m
d) 16.89 N-m
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The developed torque in the motor is Km×I. The value of machine constant(Km) is
Eb÷ωm = Φ×Z×P÷2×3.14×A = .003×720×4÷2×3.14×4 = .3438 Vs/rad. The developed torque is
.3438×50 = 17.19 N-m.
2. The generated e.m.f from 70-pole armature having 100 conductors driven at 10 rev/sec having
flux per pole as 20 mWb, with wave winding is ___________
a) 730 V
b) 740 V
c) 700 V
d) 690 V
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The generated e.m.f can be calculated using the formula Eb = Φ×Z×N×P÷60×A, Φ
represent flux per pole, Z represents the total number of conductors, P represents the number of
poles, A represents the number of parallel paths, N represents speed in rpm. In wave winding
number of parallel paths are 2. Eb = .02×70×100×600÷60×2 = 700 V.
3. The unit of current is Tesla.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The current is the amount of charge that can flow through an area in a given amount of
time. It is mathematically represented as d(q)/d(t). It is expressed in terms of Ampere.
advertisement
4. Calculate the moment of inertia of the sphere having a mass of 12 kg and radius of 78 cm.
a) 7.888 kgm2
b) 7.300 kgm2
c) 7.545 kgm2
d) 7.552 kgm2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The moment of inertia of the egg can be calculated using the formula I=Σmiri2. The
mass of egg and radius is given. I=(12)×(.78)2=7.300 kgm2. It depends upon the orientation of the
rotational axis.
5. The most suitable servo-motor application is __________
a) AC series motor
b) DC series motor
c) AC two-phase induction motor
d) DC shunt motor
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: DC shunt motor has definite no-load speed, so they don’t ‘run away’ when the load is
suddenly thrown off provided the field circuit remains closed. The speed for any load within the
operating range of the motor can be readily obtained.
6. In a DC series motor, the electromagnetic torque developed is proportional to ______
a) Ia
b) Ia2
c) Ia3
d) Ia.5
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In a DC series motor, the electromagnetic torque developed is equal to KmΦIa. In a DC

series, the motor field winding is connected in series with the armature so the flux in the field
winding is proportional to current. T = KmΦIa α Ia2.
7. Calculate the value of the time period if the frequency of the signal is 70 sec.
a) 0.014 sec
b) 0.013 sec
c) 0.017 sec
d) 0.079 sec
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The time period is defined as the time after the signal repeats itself. It is expressed in
second. T = 1÷F=1÷70=.014 sec.
8. The slope of the V-I curve is 90°. Calculate the value of resistance.
a) 1.732 Ω
b) 1.608 Ω
c) 1.543 Ω
d) 1.648 Ω
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The slope of the V-I curve is resistance. The slope given is 90° so R=tan(90°)=infinite Ω.
It behaves as an open-circuit.
9. In a DC shunt motor, the electromagnetic torque developed is proportional to ______
a) Ia
b) Ia2
c) Ia3
d) Ia.5
View Answer
Answer: a
1.
The starting torque of a D.C. motor is independent of which of the following?
(a)
Flux
(b)
Speed
(c)
Armature current
(d)
Flux and armature current
Answer:
Option (b)
2.
Which of the following motors are preferred when quick speed reversal is the main consideration?
(a)
Squirrel cage induction motor
(b)
Wound rotor induction motor
(c)
Synchronous motor
(d)
D.C. motor
Answer:
Option (d)
3.
For the high-frequency choppers, the device that is preferred is

(a)
TRIAC
(b)
Thyristor
(c)
Transistor
(d)
GTO
Answer:
Option (c)
4.
If the current in the armature of d.c series motor is reduced to 5%, the torque of the motor will
become:
(a)
50% of the Previous Value
(b)
(c)

(d)
Answer:
Option (b)
5.
The efficiency of the DC motor at maximum power is
(a)
90%
(b)
100%
(c)
Around 80%
(d)
Less than 50%
Answer:
Option (d)
6.
Which speed control method preferred for constant torque drive?
(a)
Field control
(b)
Armature voltage control
(c)
Mechanical loading system
(d)
None of above
Answer:
Option (b)
7.
A step up chopper has input voltage 110 V and output voltage 150 V. The value of duty cycle is
(a)
0.32
(b)
0.67
(c)
0.45
(d)
0.27
Answer:
Option (b)
8.
A step - down choppers can be used in
(a)
Electric traction
(b)
Electric vehicles
(c)
Machine tools
(d)
All of these
9.
The average value of the output voltage in a step - down dc chopper is given by
(a)
V0=Vs
(b)
V0=DVs
(c)
V0=Vs/D
(d)
V0=Vs/(1-D)
Answer:
Option (b)
10.
Choppers is a
(a)
AC - DC converters
(b)
AC - AC converters
(c)
DC - AC converters
(d)
DC - DC converters
Answer:
Option (d)
The principle of step-up chopper can be employed for the ________
(a)
Motoring mode
(b)
Regenerative mode
(c)
Plugging
(d)
Reverse motoring mode
Answer:
Option (b)
19.
Duty cycle (D) is _______
(a)
Ton÷Toff
(b)
Ton÷(Ton+ Toff)
(c)
Ton÷2×(Ton+ Toff)
(d)
Ton÷2×Toff
Answer:
Option (b)
20.
Type-A chopper is used for obtaining which type of mode?

(a)
Motoring mode
(b)
Regenerative braking mode
(c)
Reverse motoring mode
(d)
Reverse regenerative braking mode

The consideration involved in the selection of the type of electric drive for a particular
application depends upon
2. Starting Nature
4. All of the above
Explanation:-
Motor control is required in a large number of industrial and domestic applications such as
transportation systems, rolling mills, paper machines, textile mills, machine tools, fans, pumps,
robots, and washing machines. Systems employed for motion control are called drives and may
employ any of the prime movers.
Drives employing electric motors are known as electric drives.
or
The system which is used for controlling the motion of an electrical machine, such type of
system is called an electrical drive.
Factors Affecting the Selection of Electric Drive
The selection of electric drives basically means the selection of drive motors. Following are the
various factors that influence the selection of motor to drive the load:
1. The limits of speed range: The range over which the speed control is necessary, for the
load, similarly how hard is it to control the speed and the speed regulation also affects the
choice of the motor.
2. Motor efficiency: The motor efficiency varies as the load varies so the efficiency
consideration under variable speed operation affects the choice of the motor.
3. Braking: The braking requirements from the load point of view. Easy and effective
braking are the requirements of a good drive.
4. Starting requirements: The starting torque necessary for the load, the corresponding
starting current is drawn by the motor also affects the selection of drive.
5. Power factor: It is well known that running motors with low power factor values is not
at all economical. While the power factor vanes with the load conditions in some motors.
Hence the type of load and the running power factor of the motor is the essential
considerations while selecting a drive.
6. Load factor: There are a variety of types of load conditions possible Idle continuous,
intermittent, impact etc. Such load variations are discussed later in the chapter. Such load
variation factor and duty cycle of the motor influences the selection of drive.
7. Reliability of operation: It is important to study the conditions of stable operation of an
electric drive. This includes the investigation of the reliability of the operation of an
electric drive.
8. Availability of supply: The motors available are a.c. or d.c. But the availability of supply
decides the type of motor to be selected for the drive.
9. Effects of supply variations: There is a possibility of frequency supply variations. The
motor selected must be able to withstand such supply variations.
10. Economical aspects: The size and rating of motor decide its initial cost while the various
losses, temperature rise decides its Truing cost. These economical aspects must be
considered while selecting a drive.
11. Environmental effects: It Is possible that the atmosphere where an electric drive is to be
used may contain some chemical gases, fumes, humidity etc. Such a contaminated
atmosphere or a humid atmosphere also affects the choice of motor for a drive.
Ques 2. Which of the following motor is preferred for automatic drives?

4. Shunt Motor
Explanation:
Ward Leonard Speed Control
The Ward-Leonard system consists of a fixed speed 3-phase AC induction motor driving by a
separately excited DC generator that, in turn, feeds a variable voltage to a shunt wound DC
motor. So this is essentially a DC variable speed drive.
The basic principle of the DC variable speed drive is that the speed of a separately excited DC
motor is directly proportional to the voltage applied to the armature of the DC motor. The main
changes over the years have been concerned with the different methods of generating the
variable DC voltage from the 3-phase AC supply.
Ward Leonard control of dc machines is considered one of the most elegant and efficient
methods of speed control over a wide range. The schematic diagram of the control technique is
shown in Figure. The system consists of a separately excited generator feeding power to the dc
motor to be controlled. The generator, “G” is driven at a constant speed by an ac motor
connected to the ac mains. The driving motor may be an induction motor or a synchronous
motor. Where ac mains are not available, a diesel engine or a gas turbine acts as a prime mover
to run the generator. This generator drives a motor „ M”. The motors “G” and „ M” must be of
equal rating.
Adjusting the field current of the generator, the motor terminal voltage can be controlled. The
field winding voltage of the generator can be smoothly varied in either direction. Therefore, the
motor terminal voltage and the speed of the motor can be varied smoothly from full negative to
full positive. Modern installations use thyristor converter circuit for variable voltage dc supply.
One of the advantages of Ward Leonard drive system is its ability for regenerative braking,
thereby delivering power to the grid, corresponding to low motor speeds. For regenerative
braking, the output voltage of generator “G” is reduced below the induced voltage of the motor
“M” by decreasing the generator field excitation. This reverses the current flow in the armature
of the machines “G” and “M”.
As the current is reversed, the machine “G” will act as a motor and the machine “M” will act as a
generator. The mechanical energy supplied to the machine “M” is converted into electrical
energy; which is now supplied to the machine “G‟ [presently working as a motor]. The machine
“G” will act as a prime mover for the ac machine which will now work as generator feeding
power to the grid. The nature of the speed-torque characteristic is similar to that shown in Figure.
Drop in motor speed due to change in load torque is caused by Iara drop in both the machines.
When the generator output voltage is high, the motor speed is automatically high. The Iara drop
in both machines will be negligible compared to their outputs. Therefore, the % speed regulation
of the motor will be excellent. The Ward Leonard drive is used in steel rolling mills, paper
plants, elevators, machine tools.
The main advantages of Ward Leonard scheme are:
1. Capable of producing regenerative braking thus delivering electrical energy to the grid.
Therefore, the scheme adopts conservation of energy. Besides, it is suitable for four-
quadrant operation.
2. This system is commonly employed for elevators, hoists, and main drive in steel mills, as
this method can give unlimited speed control in either direction. Since the generator
voltage can be varied gradually from zero, no extra starting equipment is required to start
up the main motor smoothly.
3. Speed reversal is smooth and does not require any external resistance or any special
starting gear;
4. The arrangement is neat and clean and relatively free from maintenance problem.
5. The lagging reactive volt-amperes of a plant can be neutralized, by using an over-excited
synchronous motor. The overall power factor of the plant also improves.
6. When the load is intermittent as in rolling mills, the drive motor used is an induction
motor with a flywheel mounted on its shaft to smooth out the intermittent loading to a
low value. The M-G set provided with a flywheel is known as Ilgner set. The
synchronous motor is not suitable for intermittent loading because of its constant speed
characteristic.
The main disadvantages of Ward Leonard scheme are:
1. The initial cost of the drive system is costly since to drive 1 dc motor, additional 1 dc
generator of the same rating and a 3-phase ac motor are needed;
2. The scheme needs more floor space and produces more noise compared to a single
machine undergoing speed-control mechanism.
3. The efficiency of the scheme becomes poor due to the inclusion of two addition machines
viz. the machine G and the prime mover which is generally a 3-phase motor.
4. The drive produces noise and requires frequent maintenance.
Nowadays, static Ward-Leonard drives, using two thyristor bridge rectifiers (converters)
connected back to back, are used to eliminate the above drawbacks.
More precise and smooth speed control over a wide range such as 200:1, and even higher, is
accomplished in which there are no sources of noise and vibration. In such an adjustable voltage
system, higher torque-speed characteristics can be obtained by providing id compensation. Soft
starting can also be incorporated.
Non-electrical prime movers can be used to drive the dc generator of the Ward-Leonard drive.
For example, in diesel-electric locomotives and ship propulsion drives, the generator is driven by
a diesel engine or a gas turbine.
Examples of applications are rolling mills, paper mills, mine hoists, etc.
Ques 3. The consideration involved in the selection of the type of electric drive for the Load
Variation application depends upon
1. Constant Load
3. Pulsating Load
4. All of the above
Hide Explan
Explanation:-
Selection of Motor based on Load Variation
While selecting a motor it is necessary to consider the variation of load torque with speed and
time. This is related to the torque rating of the motor i.e. how much and what type of torque
motor can produce safely. The variation of load torque with speed basically decides the type of
motor to be selected. While the variation of load torque with time decides the rating of the motor
to be selected. Such a factor that influences the selection of rating of the motor based on the load
variation with time is called the load variation factor. One cycle of variation of the load is called
a duty cycle. The different types of load variations with time and corresponding examples of load
are given below:
1. Continuous or constant loads: In this type of load occurs for a long time under the same
conditions.
e.g. fan type loads, paper making machines etc.
2. Continuous variable loads: The load is variable over a period of time but occurs
repetitively for a longer duration.
e.g metal cutting lathes, conveyors, etc
3. Pulsating loads: A torque that exhibits a combination of constant load torque
superimposed by pulsations.
e.g. reciprocating pumps, compressors, all loads having Bank shaft.
4. Impact loads: These are peak loads that occur at regular intervals of time. Motors for
such loads are provided with heavy flywheels.
e.g rolling vanilla, presses, sharing machines, forging hammers
5. Short time internment loads: The load appears periodically on identical duty cycles,
each consisting of a period of applications of load and one or rest.
e.g. all forms of cranes, hoist, elevators.
6. Short time loads: A constant load appears on the drive and Me system rests for the
remaining period of the cycle.
e.g. motor-generator sets for charging batteries, household equipment.

1. Individual drive
2. Multimotor drive
3. Group Drive
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
CLASSIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL DRIVES
Electrical drives may be grouped into the following three cate^lpriee:
1. Group drive.
2. Individual drive.
3. Multimotor drive.
Group drive:- A drive in which a single electric motor drives a line shaft by means of which an
entire group of working machines may be operated is called group drive. It is also sometimes
called as the line shaft drive. The line shaft is fitted with multi-stepped pulleys and belts that
connect these pulleys and the shafts of the driven machines serve to vary their speed.

1. HIgh efficiency
2. Low Noise
3. Constant speed
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
Advantages of Group driver electric drive
Saving in the initial cost: One 150 kW motor costs much less than ten 15 kW motors required
to drive 10 separate machined
High Efficiency:- The efficiency and power factor of a large group drive motor will be higher,
provided it is operated fairly near its rated load.
High Overload capacity:- If the machines are liable to short but sharp overloads, group drive is
again advantageous, because 100 percent overload on an individual machine will cause hardly 10
percent overload when driven by group drive.
Continous start and stop:- Group drive can be used with advantage in those industrial
processes where there is the sequence of continuity in operation and where it is desirable to stop
these processes simultaneously as in a flour mill.

1. Low efficiency
3. Can‟t be used for constant operation
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
Disadvantages of Group driver electric drive
1. Group drive is seldom used these days due to the following disadvantages :
2. Group drive does not give a good appearance (owing to the use of line shafiing pulley and
belts) and is less safe to operate.
3. In group drive, the speed control of the individual machine is very cumbersome using
stepped
pulleys, belts, etc.
4. The noise level at the working site is quite high.
5. This system is unreliable since any fault in driving motor renders all the driven
equipment
idle.
6. A considerable amount of power is lost in the energy transmitting mechanism. If all the
machines driven by the line shafi do not work together, the main motor runs at reduced
load. Consequently, it runs with low efficiency and with poor power factor.
7. Group drive cannot be used where constant speed is required as in paper and textile
industry.
8. The flexibility of the layout of different machines is lost since they have to be so located
as to suit
the position of the line shaft.
Group drive is adopted, when existing factories are changed from engine drive to electric motor
drive simply by replacing the oil or steam engine by an electric motor of corresponding output
retaining all the old shafts and belts.
Ques 7. In __________ drive each machine is driven by its own separate motor with the help of
gears and pulley
1. Individual drive
2. Multimotor drive
3. Group Drive
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
Individual drive. In “individual drive”, each machine is driven by its own separate motor with
the help of gears, pulley etc.
Examples: Single-spindle drilling machines, various types of electrical hand tools and simple
types of metal working machine tools and mechanisms.
 For driving heavy machines such as for lifts, cranes, shapers, lathes etc. and for the
purposes where constancy of speed and flexibility of control is required, such as in paper
mills and textile industry, the individual drive is essential.
 The individual drive is preferred for new factories, as it causes some saving in the cost
of the superstructure which is much lighter and less expensive.

4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
Advantages of Individual Drive
1. Flexibility in the installation of different machines.
2. Each operator has full control of the machine which can be quickly stopped if an accident
occurs.
3. Since each machine is driven by a separate motor, it can be run and stopped as desired.
4. The motor and its control unit can be built as an integral part of the machine which
results in a good appearance, cleanliness, and safety.
5. Machines not required can be shut down and also replaced with a minimum of
dislocation.
6. In the case of the motor fault, only its connected machine will stop whereas other will
continue working undisturbed.
7. The maintenance of line shafis, bearings, pulleys, and belts etc. is eliminated.
Furthermore, there is no danger of oil falling on articles being manufactured, which is
very important in textile industry.
Disadvantage.
The only disadvantage of the individual drive is its high cost.
Ques 9. The drive which is used for metal-cutting machines tools, rolling mills etc. are
1. Individual drive
2. Multimotor drive
3. Group Drive
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. Multimotor drive
Explanation:-
Multimotor drive:- In “multi-motor drives” separate motors are provided for actuating different
parts of the driven mechanism.
Example: In traveling cranes, three motors are used: one for hoisting, another for long travel
motion, and third for cross travel motion.
Such a drive is essential in complicated metal-cutting machine tools, paper making machines,
rolling mills, etc.
The use of individual drives and multi-motor drives has led to the introduction of automation in
production processes which, apart from increasing the productivity of various undertakings, has
enhanced the reliability and safety of operation.
Ques 10. What is the total annual cost of a group drive with a motor costing Rs.18000 with that
of 10 individual motors, each costing Rs. 5000. The annual consumption is 80000 kWh.
Electrical energy costs 20 paise per kWh. Depreciation, maintenance, and other fixed charges
amount to 10 percent.
1. Rs. 16800
2. Rs.1800
3. Rs. 18000
4. Rs. 17800
Hide Explanation
Answer.4. Rs 17800
Explanation:-
⇒ The capital cost of group drive = Rs.18000
⇒ Annual Depreciation, maintenance, and other fixed charges = 10% i.e
10% of 18000 = 18000 × 10 ⁄ 100 = Rs. 1800
Energy consumption per annum = 80000 kWh
Annual energy charges = 0.20 × 80000 = Rs. 16000
Total annual cost of Group drive = Annual fixed charge + Annual energy charge
= 1800 + 16000 = Rs. 17800.00
Ques 11. The graph shown below is related to which type of class in
the motor

3. Short Time duty
Hide Explanation
Answer. 1. Continuous Duty with constant Load
Explanation:-
Continuous Duty
There are two types of continuous duty
1. Continuous duty at constant load
2. Continuous duty with variable load cycle.
In Continuous duty at constant load, the load torque remains constant
for a sufficiently long period corresponding normally to a multiple of
the time constant of the drive motor. The drive motor is therefore
loaded for a sufficient amount of time continuously, till it attains
thermal equilibrium.
While driving such a load a motor should have a rating sufficient to
drive it without exceeding the specified temperature. The rating of the
motor selected for this duty is called its continuous rating or design
rating. By continuous rating, one means that it is the maximum load
that the motor can give continuously over a period of time, without
exceeding the temperature rise. Also, the motor selected should be
able to withstand momentary overloads. Therefore, the selected motor
may sometimes have a rating slightly greater than the power required
by the load.
The load diagram and the temperature rise curve of the motor
selected for the purpose are shown in Fig. Centrifugal pumps, fans,
conveyors, and compressors are some types of loads where this type
of continuous duty at constant load is required.
Selection of a motor for this class of duty is rather simple and

straightforward. From the load characteristics or requirements, one
can determine the continuous input required to the mechanical load.
A suitable motor may be selected from the catalog of series
manufactured motors. The design rating normally takes care of
heating and temperature rise and the motor normally has a short time
overload capacity.
While selecting a motor for this type of duty it is not necessary to give
importance to the heating caused by losses at starting even though
they are more than the losses at rated load. This is because the motor
does not require frequent starting. It is started only once in its duty
cycle and the losses during starting do not have much influence on
heating. Ilowever, sometimes it may be necessary to check whether
the motor has sufficient starting torque if the load has the
considerable amount of inertia.
the motor

3. Short Time duty
Hide Explanation
Answer. 2. Continuous Duty with variable Load
Explanation:-
Continuous Duty with Variable Load:- In this type of duty, the load
is not constant but has several steps in one cycle. This cycle of loading
repeats for a longer time. If the load variations are slight the motor of
the continuous rating of the highest load may be chosen from the
available catalog.
However, if the variations in the load cycle are large the machine
undergoes a continuous change of temperature. However, after
several cycles of operation, the motor selected may attain a steady-
state value. The thermal calculations of the motor are involved. The
selection of a motor based on heating is rather involved and a difficult
task. Therefore some simplified criteria may be evolved for selecting a
motor for this duty. The motors operating for such types of duties will
have poor efficiency and also poor power factor.
The selection of motor for this type of duty may be based on average
power or average current method.
Ques 12. _________ duty cycle consist of frequent on load and off-load
period.
3. Short Time duty
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
An intermittent duty rating refers to a sequence of identical duty
cycles. Each cycle consists of an on-load and off-loads period with the
motor coming to rest during the latter. The on-load period during one
cycle is too short for the motor to reach a steady thermal condition,
and the off-load period is likewise too short for the motor to cool to
the temperature of the cooling medium.
Starting and braking are not taken into account on the assumption
that the times taken up by these events are too short in comparison
with the on-load period, and therefore do not appreciably affect the
heating of the motor.
The load torque during one cycle may be greater than the rated
torque of the motor. The load torque during one cycle may be greater
than the rated torque of the motor.
When stating the motor power for this form of duty, it is also
necessary to state the cyclic duration factor:
cyclic duration factor = (on time/cycle time) x 100%
The standards specify that the duration of one cycle must b shorter
than 10 min. Cases, where the duty cycle is longer than 10 min, must
be brought to the attention of the motor manufacturer.
Ques 13. Which duty cycle is preferred if the load requires a constant
power for short period of time and rest for sufficient longer duration.?
1. Short Time duty
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
A short time rating of an electric motor can be defined as the
extrapolated overload rating of the motor which it can supply for the
specified short time without getting overheated.
In this type of duty, the load occurs on the motor during a small
interval and remains idle for a long time to re-establish the equality of
temperature with the cooling medium. The variation of the load
against time for short-time duty is shown in Fig.
When a motor is used for this purpose, duration of the load on the
motor is less than the heating time constant of the motor or the time
required for obtaining thermal equilibrium. The period of rest is
sufficient enough to cool the motor to the ambient temperature.
The rating of the motor is called short time rating. The motors may
have 10 minutes, 30 minute or 60 minute rating based on this
criterion. The motor is thermally well utilized. Nowadays the machines
are being designed and manufactured for short duration having
sufficient overload torque capability.
Usually, such type of short-time duty occurs in bridges, lock gates, and
some, other household appliances such as mixies.
the motor
Where D = starting time
N = Operation time under rated load
R = time for rest
1. Short Time duty
Hide Explanation
Answer.3 Intermittent duty with starting
Explanation:-
Intermittent periodic duty with starting:- The intermittent periodic
duty with starting consists of the sequence of identical duty cycles
each comprising a period of starting, a period of operation of constant
load followed by a rest period. The operating and rest periods of the
motor are short to attain the thermal equilibrium during one duty
cycle.
In Intermittent periodic duty with starting the stopping of the motor, is
obtained by natural deceleration after disconnecting the electric
supply by means of mechanical brake which does not cause additional
heating of the windings.
This type of duty is characterized by the cyclic duration factor, the
number of duty cycles factor of inertia which is the ratio of the
combined inertia of the motor and load to the motor inertia.
Cyclic Duration = (D + N) ⁄ (D + N + R)
Where D = starting time
N = Operation time under rated load
R = time for rest
The factor of Inertia = (Inertia of load + Inertia of motor) ⁄
(Inertia of Motor)
Examples:- Motors that drive metal cutting lathes and certain auxiliary
equipment of rolling mills are subjected to such operating conditions.

work?
3. DC Shunt Motor
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
For electric traction, DC series motors are best suited. DC series
motors and AC series motors are very much recommended, as they
provide a high starting torque Nowadays three-phase induction
motors are also being used.
 The main drawback of dc motors is the presence of commutators
and brushes, which require frequent maintenance and make

them unsuitable for the explosive and dirty environment.
 On the other hand, induction motors, particularly squirrel-cage
are rugged, cheaper, lighter smaller, more efficient, require lower

maintenance, and can operate in dirty and explosive
environments.
 Although variable speed induction motor drives are generally
expensive than d drives, they are used in a number of
applications such as fans, blowers, mill run-out tables, crane
conveyers, traction, etc. because of the advantages of induction
motors.
 Other dominant applications are underground and underwater
installations and explosive and dirty environments.
 The modern electric traction system uses the pulse width
modulation (PWM) principle.
 The PWM inverter produces a symmetrical three-phase output
voltage. The amplitude and frequency of the three-phase output
voltage can be controlled continuously.
 Thus the speed and torque of the squirrel cage induction motor
used for traction can be adjusted easily in motoring and braking
modes as well as in both directions of rotation with a fully static
device, with no operational contacts.
 The PWM inverter allows the construction of propulsion drives
for a wide range of applications, with slight modification, to the
basic modules, such as the traction inverter and the traction
motor.
 The PWM AC drives cover trolley buses, subways railcars, electric
locomotives and diesel-electric locomotives. For the application
of electric drives, the AC traction motor staler winding insulation
and needs special bearings. The rotor of the AC traction motor is
to be rigid and robust and must withstand high rotating speed.
Ques 16. For an application that requires smooth and precise speed
control over the wide range, the motor is preferred is
3. DC motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 3. DC Motor
Explanation:-
A DC motor is any of a class of rotary electrical machines that
converts direct current electrical energy into mechanical
energy. Controlling speed of DC motors is a crucial matter since
different machines and equipment have different aspects and output
speed or torque requirement in which prospect. Speed Control may
require to be very precise and over wide ranges as well. So before
implementing the proposed system an engineer needs to understand
its operation and according to that how the speed of the drive wit] be
controlled need to be decided by him with proper care.
Generally, the rotational speed of a DC motor is proportional to the
voltage applied to it, and the torque is proportional to the current.
Speed control can be achieved by variable battery tapings, variable
supply voltage, resistors or electronic controls. The direction of a
wound field DC motor can be changed by reversing either the field or
armature connections but not both. This is commonly done with a
special set of contactors (direction contactors). The effective voltage
can be varied by inserting a series resistor or by an electronically
controlled switching device made of thyristors, transistors or, formerly,
mercury arc rectifiers.
Speed control over a wide range both above and below the rated
speed:
The attractive feature of the dc motor is that it offers the wide range of
speed control both above and below the rated speeds. This can be
achieved in dc shunt motors by methods such as armature control
method and field control method. This is one of the main applications
in which dc motors are widely used in fine speed applications such as
in rolling mills and in paper mills.
High starting torque:
DC series motors are termed as best suited drives for electrical traction
applications used for driving heavy loads in starting conditions. DC
series motors will have a starting torque as high as 500% compared to
normal operating torque. Therefore dc series motors are used in the
applications such as in electric trains and cranes.
Accurate steep less speed with constant torque:
Constant torque drives are one such the drives will have motor shaft
torque constant over a given speed range. In such drives, shaft power
varies with speed.
 Quick starting, stopping, reversing and acceleration
 Free from harmonics, reactive power consumption and many
factors which makes dc motors more advantageous compared to

ac induction motors.
Ques 17. Which type of drive can be used for Hoisting Machinery
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
Cranes and Hoists for electric motor drive
The requirements of the drive are as follows:
The acceleration and retardation must be uniform. For exact
positioning of loads creep speeds must be possible. The motion of the
crane is in all three dimensions. The drive must have high speeds in
both directions horizontal and vertical. The speed must be constant
while lowering the loads. Mechanical braking must be available in an
emergency. Due to the heavy inrush of current at starts, fluctuations in
supply voltage are possible. The drive motor must be capable of
withstanding such fluctuations.
Among the d.c. motors, the series motors, and cumulative
compound motors are most preferred for crane operations. The
motors have good starting torque, high torque capacity at light loads,
the simple arrangement of braking, electric braking at low speeds is
possible. The only disadvantage is that the motors are less stable while
the regenerative braking. So additional stabilizing circuits are
necessary. Advances made in the technology of solid-state devices
have enabled the use of thyristor converters and choppers for driving
the d.c. motors used in cranes and hoists with good accuracy,
reliability, and efficiency.
⇒ The characteristics of cumulative compound motor lie between
those of shunt and series motors. The series field provides a high
starting torque and the shunt field prevents overrunning in the no-
load condition.
These motors are used for drives where high starting torque is
required with the probability of the load being totally removed such as
punch, press, shears, planning machine, conveyors, crushers,
bulldozers, lid haulage gears, mine hoist, power fans, rolling mills,
stamping press and the large printing press.
⇒ In SLIP RING induction motor the ends of the rotor windings are
externally connected by a variable rheostat (resistance is varied in
order to give it proper starting and running current). So more the
resistance, more the torque. When we add resistance to the rotor the
torque is high, the slip is high and the current is reduced.
With the correct value of (usually) resistance inserted in the rotor
circuit, a near-unity relationship between torque and supply current at
starting can be achieved, such as 100%full load torque (FLT), with
100% full load current (FLC) and 200% FLT with 200 percent FLC. This
is comparable with the starting capability of the dc machine.
Not only high starting efficiency but also smoothly controlled
acceleration historically gave the slip ring motor a great popularity for
lift, hoist and crane applications.
⇒The working of Ward Leonard Method is already discussed
in Question Number 2.
Ward Leonard system is commonly employed for elevators, hoists, and
main drive in steel mills, as this method can give unlimited speed
control in either direction. Since the generator voltage can be varied
gradually from zero, no extra starting equipment is required to start
up the main motor smoothly.
Ques 18. Which type of drive can be used for Textile Industry?
1. DC Motor
Hide Explanation
Answer 2. Squirrel cage Induction Motor
Explanation:-
Textile Industry:-
The textile mill has various processes like ginning, spinning, and
looms.
The ginning means the separation of seeds from cotton. The process
requires standard starting torque and standard overload capacity, at a
constant speed. No speed control is required. The operation is at a
constant speed. The standard squirrel cage induction motor the
proper choice.
The twisting to produce continuous yarn of sufficient strength is called
the spinning process. The moderate starting torque and high overload
capacity are necessary. Acceleration must be constant or uniform so
that there is no breakage of the thread. Since the Induction motor is
almost a constant speed motor hence the operation is at a constant
speed, therefore, no speed control is necessary but two-speed motors
are preferred. Normally a 4 pole to 6 pole squirrel cage induction
motor is used.
Before the yarn is actually woven, it is made into a uniform layer. The
process is called weaving and done in a loom. This requires 2 to 2.3
times rated torque at start. There are frequent starts and stops. But the
operation is at a constant speed and no speed control is necessary.
The totally enclosed high torque squirrel cage induction motors are
preferred. The motors are usually of 6 or 8 poles. The ratings of the
motors for light fabrics such as cotton silk. rayon etc are 0.37, 0.55 to
1.5 kW while for wool it is 2kW to 3.7 kW.
Ques 19. Which type of drive can be used for Minning Process?
1. DC Motor with Ward Leonard Speed control
2. Double Squirrel cage Induction Motor
3. Slip Ring Induction Motor
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
Coal and Mining Industry:-
The motors used in coal and mining are classified into two groups. The
first group is drives for mine accessories such as compressors, pumps,
etc. While the second motors are used for actual mining process i.e. to
drive the cutters, drillers etc.
It is necessary that the motors used for coal and mining must be flame
proof. The atmosphere is generally hot with high ambient temperature
and also humid. The motors should have humid-proof insulation.
The coal cutting or drilling do not require any speed control as the
processes are constant speed processes. High starting torque is
necessary. The high starting torque squirrel cage motors with
double cage are preferred for these applications.
For haulage purposes, the motors are able to start large drums. So
they must have high starting torque. The speeds required are different
at different haulage stages. Frequent starts and stops are required. To
meet these requirements the slip ring induction motor with rotor
resistance starter is preferred.
The mine winder motor may be a D.C motor win Ward Leonard
speed control or slip ring motor with rotor resistance starter is
preferred.
The centrifugal pumps are used in mining for various jobs like
pumping water. The high torque squirrel cage motors which do not
have any maintenance problems are selected.
Ques 20. A wound rotor induction motor is preferred over a squirrel

cage induction motor when the major consideration involved is
1. High starting Torque
2. Low starting current
3. Speed control over the limited range
4. All of the above
Hide Explanation
Explanation:-
The wound-rotor induction motor is also called a slip ring induction
motor. The energy is collected through the slip rings connected to the
rotor shaft the squirrel cage motors have copper end rings under the
brush from where the short-circuited current can be collected.
Advantages of slip ring Induction motor
 It is possible to get high slatting torque by the introduction of
resistance in the rotor circuit.
 Starting current is comparatively less and it is 2 to 25 times full-
load current or even less if required.
 It is capable of starting with load, demanding a high torque, as in
fans, pumps, compass, boils, conveyors, cranes, lifts and so on.
 Speed control is possible by varying the resistance in the external
circuit of the rotor.
 The motor can be started direct-on-line (DOL) without the
necessity of starters, because of the low starting current of the

motor.
dis-advantages of slip ring Induction motor
 Higher cost
 Slightly Lower efficiency then squirrel cage induction motor
 Losses by the heat dissipation in external resistance especially
when the motor runs at reduced speeds the below-rated speed.

 Require higher degree of maintenance
The below shown single phase controlled rectifier configuration is a
a) two pulse M-2 Connection

b) two pulse B-2 Connection
c) single pulse M-2 Connection
d) single pulse B-2 Connection
Answer:a
Explanation: It is a two pulse i.e full wave M-2 connection.
2. In the below shown circuit, considering the load to be purely R load, the thyristor T2
would conduct from ωt =
a) 0 to π
b) α to π
c) π+α to 2π
d) π to 2π+α
View Answer
Answer:c
Explanation: The bottom winding forward biases the SCR T2 at π, conduction starts after
the pulse is given at α & stops when T2 is naturally commutated at 2π.
3. For a single pulse M-2 rectifier with RL load and firing angle α >0°, the value of the
inductance L is such that the load current is continuous.
Choose the correct statement.

a) The load current can never be positive
b) The load current can never be negative
c) The load current can never be zero
d) The load current is a constant DC
View Answer
Answer:c
Explanation: As mentioned, L is such that the load current is continuous. Hence, it never
falls below a predefined positive value.
4. For the circuit below, the transformer ratio is 1:1 and Vs = Vm sinωt. When T1 is
forward biased and is triggered at α than T2 is
a) subjected to a forward voltage of Vm sinα
b) subjected to a forward voltage of 2Vm sinα
c) subjected to a reverse voltage of Vm sinα
d) subjected to a reverse voltage of 2Vm sinα
View Answer
Answer:d
Explanation: When T1 is gated, the other SCR T2 is reversed biased due to the windings so
connected.
5. The circuit turn-off time of M-2 type connection is
a) π/ω
b) α/ω
c) π-α/ω
d) π+α/ω
View Answer
Answer:c
Explanation: When T1 is gated, SCR T2 is off from ωt = α to π
Thus t = π-α(offtime)/ω
Same can be said when T2 is gated and T2 is off.
6. Find the expression for the average value of the output voltage for the below given circuit.
Consider the load current to be continuous, firing angle = α, transformer ration 1:1 and Vs =
Vm sinωt.
a) (Vm/π)cosα
b) (Vm/π)(1+cosα)
c) (2Vm/π)cosα
d) (2Vm/π)(1+cosα)
View Answer
Answer:c
Explanation: As the load current is continues, the voltage is positive from α to π and
negative from π to π+α and so on. Thus,
Vavg = 1/Period ∫ Vm sin⁡ωt d(ωt)
Where period = π
And the integral runs from α to α+π.
7. A fully controlled converter uses

a) diodes only
b) thyristors only
c) both diodes and thyristors
d) none of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer:b
Explanation: Fully controlled implys that all the elements are “fully controlled” hence, it uses
SCRs only except the FD.
1.8. A single phase full-converter using R load is a _________ quadrant converter

and that using an RL load without FD is a __________ quadrant converter
a) one, one
b) two, one
c) one, two
d) two, two
View Answer
Ans C
9. A single phase full controlled bridge converter (B-2) uses
a) 4 SCRs and 2 diodes
b) 4 SCRs
c) 6 SCRs
d) 4 SCRs and 2 diodes
View Answer
Answerb
Explanation: 4 SCR’s are connected in a bridge fashion.
10. In a B-2 type full controlled bridge converter

a) one SCR conducts at a time
b) two SCRs conduct at a time
c) three SCRs conduct at a time
d) four SCRs conduct at a time
View Answer
Answer:b
Explanation: B-2 is the bridge type controller, in which 2 devices conduct at a time. One
acting as the current supplying path and other acts as a return path.
1. For the below given circuit,
a) T2 and T3 are gated together

b) T1 and T4 are gated together
c) T1 and T3 are gated together
d) T1 and T2 are gated together
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: T1-T2 are gated together at a time and T3-T4 are gated together at a time.
2. With respect to the below given circuit, from ωt = 0 to α, ____ thyristor(s) block the
forward voltage
a) T1 and T2
b) T2
c) T3 and T4
d) T4
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: T1 and T2 are not yet gated, hence they block the forward voltage.
3. With respect to the below given circuit, from ωt = 0 to α,
a) voltage across all the thyristors is zero

b) negative voltage appears across T1 and T2
c) load voltage is Vm/2
d) voltage across T3 and T4 is zero
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: T1 and T2 are not yet gated, hence they block the forward voltage where as no
voltage exists across T3 and T4.
4. For the below given circuit, when the devices T1 and T2 are conducting from ωt = α till
they are naturally commutated at π voltage across the other two pair of devices is
a) zero
b) positive (forward voltage)
c) negative (reverse voltage)
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: When T1 and T2 are conducting they act like S.C’s and the other pair of
devices i.e. T3 and T4 has to take care of the reverse voltage.
5. A single-phase full converter B-2 type connection has a RLE type of motor load
connected. The minimum requirement to turn-on the device is
a) α > 30°
b) Vm sinα > E
c) Vm sinα < E
d) α < 30°
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Device will not turn on until the supply voltage exceeds the motor back emf E.
6. For the below shown circuit with continuous load current.
Each thyristor pair conducts for

a) π radians
b) 2π radians
c) < π radians
d) > π radians
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: As the load current is continuous each pair conducts from π to π+α i.e π
radians.
7. For the below given circuit
a) all the devices are gated together

b) T3 and T4 are gated together
c) T3 and T1 are gated together
d) T3 and T2 are gated together
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: T1-T2 are gated together at a time and T3-T4 are gated together at a time.
8. For the below shown circuit has dis-continuous load current waveform.
Each thyristor pair conducts for

a) π radians
b) 2π radians
c) < π radians
d) > π radians
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Load current is discontinues than SCR pair conducts for less than 90°
depending on the value of the inductor L.
9. A single-phase full converter with B-2 type of connection has a continuous load current
waveform. The thyristor pairs T3, T4 is triggered at ωt =
a) 0
b) α
c) π+α
d) π-α
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: First, at α T1-T2 conduct, then after π+α the next pair is excited i.e. T3-T4 and
likewise.
10. The PIV for each diode in a single-phase, full converter with B-2 type of controlled
rectifier is
Consider supply voltage as Vs = Vm sinωt.
a) 2Vm
b) Vm
c) Vm/2
d) Vm/√2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The peak inverse voltage handled by each device is Vm in case of B-2 type of
configuration.
1. A motor load is connected to a single-phase full converter B-2 type controlled rectifier.
The net energy is transferred from ac source to the motor (dc load) when
a) π+α > 90
b) π-α > α
c) π+α > α
d) π-α > 90
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Converter will work as a line commuted inverter when π-α > α.
2. The below shown rectifier configuration has continues load current, find the expression
for the average value of output voltage when the supply Vs = Vm sinωt is connected.
a) (Vm/π)cosα
b) (2Vm/π)cosα
c) (Vm/π) (1+cosα)
d) (2Vm/π) (1+cosα)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Vo = 1/π x [∫ Vm sinωt d(ωt)] Where the integration runs from α to π+α.
3. Find the expression of the rms value of output voltage for a single-phase M-2 type
rectifier with RL load and continues load current. Transformer ratio is 1:1 with supply
voltage Vs = Vm sinωt
a) Vm/√2
b) Vs
c) 2Vs
d) Vs/√2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Vor = 1/π x [∫ Vm sin ωt d(ωt)], Where the integration runs from α to π+α
2 2 2
Vor = Vm2/2 = Vs.
4. A single-phase full controlled converted with RLE load will act like a line-commutated
inverter when the firing angle α
a) α > 180°
b) α > 90°
c) α < 90°
d) α = 90°
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: It will act like a inverter i.e. most of the current would flow from the battery or
back emf E to the source. For α=90° it will not act like a converter nor an inverter.
5. In converter operation, with output voltage = Vo and RLE load.

a) Vo < E
b) Vo = E
c) Vo > E
d) None of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The output voltage obtained by a converter is always greater than the counter
or back emf E.
Vo = IR + E.
6. In inverter operation, with output voltage = Vo and a RLE load connected

a) Vo < E
b) Vo = E
c) Vo > E
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In inverter operation Vo < E.
7. A motor load is connected to a single-phase full converter B-2 type controlled rectifier, the
net energy is transferred from ac source to the motor (dc load) when
a) π+α > 90
b) π-α < α
c) π+α < α
d) π-α > α
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: It works as a converter when π-α < α.
8. The below shown rectifier configuration has continues load current, find the expression of
the RMS value of output voltage when the supply Vs = Vm sinωt
a) Vs2/2
b) 2Vs/π
c) Vs
d) √Vs/2
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Vor2 = 1/π x [∫Vm2 sin2ωt d(ωt)] Where the integration runs from α to π+α
Vor = Vm2/2 = Vs.
9. Choose the correct statement

a) M-2 type connection requires SCRs with higher PIV as compared to those in a B-2 type
b) M-2 type connection requires SCRs with lower PIV as compared to those in a B-2 type
c) The average output voltage in M-2 type is more than that obtained from a B-2 type
configuration of the same rating
d) The average output voltage in M-2 type is less than that obtained from a B-2 type
configuration of the same rating
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The PIV of diodes in M-2 is 2Vm, whereas that in B-2 type of connection is
Vm.
10. An SCR has the peak forward voltage = 1000 V. Find the maximum voltage that the
SCR can handle if employed in a M-2 type full controlled converter circuit. Use factor of
safety (FOS) = 2.5
a) 500 V
b) 400 V
c) 200 V
d) 1000 V
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In M-2 type configuration maximum voltage handled is 2Vm
Therefore, 1000/2×2.5 = 200 V
1. An SCR has the peak forward voltage = 1000 V. Find the maximum voltage that the SCR
can handle if employed in a B-2 type full controlled converter circuit. Use factor of safety
(FOS) = 2.5
a) 500 V
b) 400 V
c) 200 V
d) 1000 V
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In M-2 type configuration maximum voltage handled is Vm
Therefore, 1000/2.5 = 400 V.
2. A single-phase full converter bridge, is connected to a RLE load. The source has a rms
voltage of 230 V and the average load current is 10 A. Find the firing angle for which the
power flows from AC source to the DC load. Consider E = 120 V, R = 0.4 Ω.
a) 26.4°
b) 53.2°
c) 142°
d) 39°
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: We have,
Vo = E + IR
Vo = 2Vm/π x cosα
Substitute the given values to discover α = 53.208°.
3. A single-phase full converter bridge, is connected to a RLE load. The source has a rms
voltage of 230 V and the average load current is 10 A. Find the firing angle for which the
power flows from the DC load to the AC source. Consider E = 120 V, R = 0.4 Ω, L = 2
Henry.
a) 124°
b) 153°
c) 142°
d) 309°
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We have,
Vo = E + IR
Vo = 2Vm/π x cosα . . . (i)
Substitute the given values to discover α = 124°
Note that as the power is flowing from DC to AC E has to be negative.
E = -120V.
Use 1 to find the firing angle.
4. For the below shown converter configuration, find the expression for the average value of
voltage across the resister R with Vs = Vm sinωt and firing angle = α.
a) Vm/π cosα
b) 2Vm/π cosα
c) Vm/π (1+cosα)
d) 2Vm/π (1+cosα)
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Vo = Vo = 1/π x [∫ Vm sinωt d(ωt)] where the integration would run from α to π.
5. A single phase full controlled bridge converter is connected to load having R = 0.4 Ω, E =
120, L = 0.2 mH, Vs = 230V. The RMS value of load current is 10 A for a firing angle of
53.21°. Find the input power factor.
a) 0.5043 lag
b) 0.5391 lag
c) 0.6120 lag
d) Unity
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Io = Irms = 10A
Vs x Irms x cosɸ = E Io + Irms2 R.
6. A single phase full converter feeds power to a RLE load with R = 6 Ω and E = 60 V. Find
the average value of the load current when the supply voltage is 230 V rms AC and a firing
angle = 50°.
a) 0
b) 3.9A
c) 12.1 A
d) 6.05 A
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Vo = 2Vm/π cosα = 133.084 V
I = Vo – E/R = 133.084-60 / 6 = 12.181 A.
7. A single phase full wave mid-point SCR converter, uses a 230/200 V transformer with the
centre tap on the secondary side. The P.I.V. per SCR is
a) 100 V
b) 214V
c) 141V
d) 282V
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: PIV for M-2 is Vm = √2Vs = √2 x 200.
8. In a single phase full converter, for discontinuous load current and extinction angle β > π,
each SCR conducts for
a) α
b) β
c) β-α
d) β+α
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Each device would conduct for β-α.
9. A single-phase two pulse converter feeds RL load with a sufficient smoothing such that
the load current does not fall to zero. If the resistance of the load circuit is increased then
the
a) ripple content is not affected
b) ripple content of current increases
c) ripple content of current decreases
d) load current may fall to zero
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: If the resistance of the load circuit is increased then the ripple content of
current increases.
10. In case of controlled rectifiers, the nature of the load current (continues or
discontinuous) depends upon the
a) type of load and firing angle
b) only on the type of load
c) only on the firing angle
d) it is independent of all the parameters
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: It depends on both as firing angle will decide how fast and how much current
flows. The load R, Rl or RLE can also effect the current depending upon the values of L and
E.
1. In the circuit shown below, find the expression of average output voltage if due to some
faults the SCR T3 gets permanently open circuited.
a) 2Vm/π cosα
b) Vm/π cosα
c) Vm/√π
d) Zero
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: If one of the device gets O.C the circuit would behave just like a half-wave
rectifier. Only Two SCRs T1 & T2 will operate, even T4 is useless in this case.
Vo = 1/2π x [ ∫ Vm sinωt d(ωt) ] where the integration would run from α to π+α.
2. A single phase full converter, feeds power to a RLE load with R = 6 Ω and E = 60 V. The
supply voltage is 230 V AC and the firing angle is 50°. Find the power delivered to the
battery.
a) 542 W
b) 100 W
c) 960 W
d) 730 W
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Vo = 2Vm/π cosα = 133.084 V
I = Vo – E/R = 133.084-60 / 6 = 12.181 A
Power delivered = E x I = 60 x 12.181 = 730.86 Watts.
3. In a single phase full converter with resistive load and firing angle α, the load current is
a) zero at α, π+α, …
b) remains zero for duration α
c) Vm/R sinα at α, π+α, …
d) remains zero for duration π-α
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The current starts to flow from α, π+α, …
4. In a single phase semi converter with resistive load and a firing angle α, each SCR and
freewheeling diode would conduct for
a) α, 0°
b) π-α, α
c) π+α, α
d) π-α, 0°
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: FD does not come into the picture for resistive loads.
5. A single phase full converter has average & peak voltage values of 133 V and 325 V
respectively. Find the value of the firing angle.
a) 40°
b) 140°
c) 50°
d) 130°
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Vm = 325V
Vo = 2Vm/π cosα = 133 V.
6. A freewheeling diode placed across a RL load provides

a) fast turn-on time
b) slow turn-off time
c) poor utilization factor
d) better power factor
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: FD improves efficiency by providing freewheeling action which increase the
power delivered to the load.
7. A single phase full converter has discontinues load current. The converter is supplying a
dc shunt motor (R-L-E) load. When the current falls to zero the output voltage is
a) Zero
b) Vo
c) Vm
d) E
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: As the load is RLE output voltage will always exists even if the current goes to
zero due to E.
8. A single phase full converter has discontinues load current. The converter is supplying a
DC shunt motor (R-L-E) load. When the current falls to zero
a) none of the devices conduct
b) all of the devices conduct
c) only one device conducts
d) only one pair of devices conducts
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The current falls to zero when the L has discharged completely and the
devices are not yet fired.
9. For the circuit shown below to act as a line commutated inverter
a) 180°>α>90° & E is removed

b) 180°>α>90° & E is reversed
c) 180°>α<90° & E is removed
d) 180°>α<90° & E is reversed
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: For inverter operation the firing angle should be above 180 and E should be
reversed.
10. If in the below given converter configuration, any 3 of the 4 SCRs are replaced by
diodes
a) the average output voltage would increase
b) the average output voltage would decrease
c) the average output voltage would not change
d) the circuit would malfunction
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: If diodes are put in place of any 3 SCRs the conduction angle would increase
and hence the voltage.
1. In the below shown semi-converter circuit, T1 and T2 are fired at an angle α, then from
ωt = α to π
a) T1 and T2 conduct
b) T1 and D1 conduct
c) D1 and D2 conduct
d) FD conducts
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: At ωt = α T1 is gated and current starts to flow from T1-R-L-E-D1-Vs-T1.
2. In the below shown semi-converter circuit T1 & T2 are fired at an angle α, then from ωt =
π to α+π
a) T1 is conducting
b) T2 is conducting
c) D1 is conducting
d) FD conducting
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: None of the SCRs are gated, FD is forward biased and starts to conduct
charging the L.
3. In the below shown semi-converter circuit T1 & T2 are fired at an angle α, the output
voltage is zero when
a) π<ωt<α
b) 0<ωt<α+π
c) π<ωt<π+α
d) π<ωt<2π
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: FD is conducting as none of the SCRs are gated which S.C’s the load circuit
hence zero voltage
4. In a semi-converter with RLE load during the freewheeling period, the energy is
a) fed back to the source
b) fed to the inductor(L) and absorbed by E
c) absorbed by the L & E and dissipated at R
d) fed to the L & E and dissipated at R
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The energy is fed back fed to the L & E and dissipated at R.
5. A semi-converter circuit gives the following voltage waveform. Find the expression for the
average output voltage with Vs = Vm sinωt and firing angle α
a) (Vm/π) cosα
b) (Vm/π) (1+cosα)
c) (2Vm/π) cosα
d) (2Vm/π) (1+cosα)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Vo = 1/π ∫ Vm sinωt d(ωt), Where the integration runs from α to π.
6. For the below given circuit configuration, the SCR is fired at angle α. For continuous
current mode from ωt = π to 2π
a) FD conducts
b) SCR and D1 conduct
c) D3 and D2 conducts
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: From ωt = π to 2π, the negative cycle is active and the SCR is reversed
biased. D3 and D2 are ative and are supplying power to the load.
7. For the below given circuit configuration, the SCR is fired at angle α. For continuous
current mode, find the expression for the average output voltage
a) (Vm/2π) (1+ cosα)

b) (Vm/2π) (2+ cosα)
c) (Vm/2π) (3+ cosα)
d) (3Vm/π)
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The output voltage will have two parts
V1 = [ ∫ Vm sinωt d(ωt) ] where the integration would run from α to π
V2 = [ ∫ Vm sinωt d(ωt) ] where the integration would run from π to 2π
Vo = 1/2π x V1+V2.
8. A semi-converter circuit gives the following voltage waveform on R load. Find the
expression for the average output current with Vs = Vm sinωt and firing angle α
a) (Vm/Rπ) cosα
b) (Vm/Rπ) (1+cosα)
c) (2Vm/Rπ) cosα
d) (2Vm/Rπ) (1+cosα)
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Vo = 1/π ∫ Vm sinωt d(ωt) Where the integration runs from α to π
Io = Vo/R.
9. A semi-converter with RLE load and a freewheeling diode has discontinuous load current
with firing angle α and extinction angle β. The freewheeling period is
a) π>ωt<β
b) π>ωt<β
c) π<ωt>β
d) π>ωt>β
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The freewheeling period is from π to the extinction angle.
10. A semi-converter with RLE load and a freewheeling diode has discontinuous load
current with firing angle α and extinction angle β. If β < π and Vm sinβ < E then
a) the converter operates as a line commutated inverter
b) the conduction period is absent
c) the freewheeling period is absent
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: As the extinction angle is less than 90 degrees, the freewheeling period is
absent.
1. A single-phase symmetrical semi-converter employs
a) one SCR and one diode in each leg
b) two SCRs and two diodes in each leg
c) two SCRs in each leg
d) two diodes in each leg
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: A symmetrical semi-converter will have one SCR and one diode in each leg.
Two legs connected in parallel with each other having a symmetrical configuration.
2. A single-phase asymmetrical semi-converter employs

a) one SCR and one diode in each leg
b) two SCRs in one leg and two diodes in the other
c) two SCRs in both the legs
d) two diodes in both the legs
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: An asymmetrical semi-converter will two SCRs in one leg and two diodes in
the other.
3. In the below given circuit, from ωt = π to α+π and continuous load current configuration
a) T1 and T2 conduct
b) T2 and D1 conduct
c) T1 and D2 conduct
d) T1 and D1 conduct
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: At ωt = π, D1 is reversed biased but T1 is still ON due to the nature of the
load. Hence, the load current or inductor current flows from T1 and D2 and short circuiting
the load terminals. Hence, due to the diode D2 freewheeling action takes place without
even having a FD diode.
4. Find the circuit turn-off time (Tc) for the below given semi-converter configuration. Take α
= 30° and Vs = 230√2 sin100t
a) 20π radians
b) 5π/6 radians
c) π/120 radians
d) 3/π radians
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: For the given circuit, ωt = π-α. tc = π – α/ω
α = π/6 and ω = 100 … (given)
tc = (π – π/6)/100.
5. For the circuit shown below, T1 and T2 (from top T1 and T2) are both fired at an angle α.
Then from ωt = π to ωt = π+α
a) None of the devices conduct
b) T1 and one diode will conduct
c) T2 and one diode will conduct
d) Both the diodes will conduct
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: From ωt = π to ωt = π+α, None of the SCRs are fired and both the diodes are
forward biased due to the nature of the load. As such, they start to conduct and freewheel
all the inductor energy.
6. In any AC-DC circuit, the freewheeling action

a) improves the power handling capabilities
b) increases the THD
c) improves CDF
d) all of the mentioned
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Freewheeling action reduces THD (total harmonic distortion), Improves CDF
(current distortion factor and has no effect over the power handling capabilities as such.
7. A single-phase semi-converter is connected to a 230 V source and is feeding a load R =

10 Ω in series with a large inductance that makes the load current ripple free. Find the
average output current for α = 45°.
a) 14 A
b) 17 A
c) 10 A
d) 0 A
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Vo =( Vm/π) (1 + cosα)
Io = Vo/R.
8. A single-phase semi-converter is connected to a 230 V source and is feeding a load R =

10 Ω in series with a large inductance that makes the load current ripple free. For α = 45°,
find the rectification efficiency. The RMS value of output voltage is 219.3 V
a) 96.54 %
b) 75.25 %
c) 89.45 %
d) 80.58 %
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Vo =( Vm/π) (1 + cosα) = 176.72V
Io = Vo/R
Irms = Io = Vo/R = 17.67 A
Vrms = 219.3 V (given)
η = (Vo x Io) / (Vrms X Irms) = 0.8058 = 80.58 %.
9. A single-phase semi-converter circuit is supplying power to a motor load. The average

value of load voltage is 176.72 V and the rms value is 219.3 V. Find the VRF (voltage ripple
factor).
a) 0
b) 0.735
c) 0.569
d) 2.48
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: First find the form factor (FF),
FF = Vrms/Vo = 1.241
Now, VRF = √(FF2-1) = 0.735.
10. For the same triggering angle and ratings

a) a semi-converter operates at lower output voltage than a full converter
b) a semi-converter operates at higher output voltage than a full converter
c) a semi-converter has lower values of input p.f as compared to a full converter
d) a semi-converter has more THD as compared to a full converter
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: A semi-converter gives more output voltage than an equivalent full converter
circuit. It also has less THD and high p.f (power factor).
1. A single-phase semi-converter is having continuous conduction, as such each thyristor

will conduct for an angle of
a) α
b) π
c) α+π
d) π-α
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: From 0 to α there is no conduction. SCRs are gated at α and than naturally
commutated at π. Hence, conduction angle = π-α.
2. Consider the following statements regarding phase controlled converters:

i) They do not provide smooth variation of output voltage.
ii) They inject harmonics into the power system.
iii) They draw non-unity power factor current for finite firing angles.
Which of the above statements are correct?
a) All the three
b) i and ii only
c) i and iii only
d) ii and iii only
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: All the above given statements are correct. They all are the major drawbacks
of using phase controlled converters.
3. Consider the following statement:

The overlap angle of a phase controlled converter will increase ___________
i) if the firing angle is increased
ii) if the supply frequency is increased
ii) if the supply voltage magnitude is lowered
Of these statements
a) all are correct
b) only the first and the last one are correct
c) only the first one is incorrect
d) all are incorrect
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The period during which both the incoming and outgoing SCRs are conducting
is called as an overlap angle. This happens when inductance comes into picture either on
the load or the source side.
4. All the modern AC-DC converters are using GTOs instead of SCRs because
a) Temperature is an issue in SCRs
b) Switching losses are high in SCRs
c) GTOs have reliable commutation
d) GTOs are cheaply available today
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: GTOs unlike conventional SCRs can be turned off by providing a negative gate
pulse. Hence, using GTOs the turn off as well as the turn-on time can be controlled.
5. Find the average output dc voltage of a single-phase semi-converter with Vs=230 V and
firing angle of 30°. The converter is operating under continuous conduction.
a) 193 V
b) 256 V
c) 0 V
d) 230 V
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Vo = √2Vs (1+cosα)/π.
6. In the below given circuit, the average value of output voltage is 191 V. Find the value of
the average current through the given load if E = 100 V and R = 5 Ω. Assume that the load
current is continuous.
a) 0 A
b) 10.2 A
c) 18.2 A
d) 29.2 A
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Vo = 191 V
Io = Vo-E/R = 191-100/5 = 18.2 A.
7. In the below given circuit, the average value of output voltage is 191 V. Find the value of
the power delivered to the voltage source E. Take E = 100 V and R = 5 Ω. Assume that the
load current is continuous.
a) 1.82 kW
b) 18.2 kW
c) 0.182 kW
d) 18.2 W
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Note that as the load current is continuous, L can be neglected.
Vo = 191V.
Io = Vo-E/R = 191-100/5 = 18.2A
P = E x Io = 100 x 18.2 = 1.82 kW.
8. A single-phase semi-converter is operated from a 240 V, 60 Hz, AC source. It is fired at

an angle of 45°. Find the value of average output voltage.
a) 176 V
b) 184 V
c) 167 V
d) 148 V
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: For a semi-converter, the output voltage Vo = √2Vs (1+cosα)/π.
9. A single-phase semi-converter is operated from a 230 V, 60 Hz, AC source. A DMM

connected at its output terminals read 219.3 V. Find the value of FF (form factor).
a) 1.24
b) 0.735
c) 1.11
d) 1
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: A DMM always reads the RMS value. Therefore, Vrms = 219.3 V
Vo = √2Vs (1+cosα)/π = 176.72 V
FF = Vrms/Vo = 1.241.
10. Name the circuit shown below.
a) Half controlled semi-converter symmetrical configuration

b) Half controlled semi-converter asymmetrical configuration
c) Half controlled full-converter asymmetrical configuration
d) Half controlled full-converter symmetrical configuration
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: It is using only two SCRs, hence it is a half controlled semi-converter. It is an
asymmetrical configuration as each leg has same devices
1. A three-phase, three-pulse, M-3 type controlled converter uses ____________ number of

SCRs.
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: It uses three SCRs with a three-phase transformer. M-3 type 3-pulse
converters are not practically used.
2. A three-phase, three-pulse, M-3 type controlled converter has firing angle for one of the
SCRs set as 15°. This SCR would start conducting at
a) 0°
b) 15°
c) 30°
d) 45°
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In a three phase controller, the actually conduction starts at 30° + α. Hence, ωt
= 30+15 = 45°.
3. In a three-phase, three-pulse, M-3 type controlled converter T1 starts to conduct at 30 +

n°. At what angles do T2 and T3 start to conduct? Assume that the conduction sequence is
T1-T2-T3.
a) 2n° and 3n°
b) 150 + n° and 270 + n°
c) n° each
d) 30 + n° and 60 + n°
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: In three-phase three pulse converter the conduction can start only after 30°.
As each SCR conducts from 120°, T2 would conduct on 30+120+n° = 150+n° and so on.
4. A three-phase three pulse type controlled converter is constructed using 3 SCR devices.
The circuit is supplying an R load with α < 30°. As such, each SCR device would conduct
for
a) 60° each cycle
b) 120° each cycle
c) 180° each cycle
d) 360° each cycle
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Each conduct for 120° per cycle is the firing angle is less than 30°. 120 x 3 =
360°.
5. Find the expression for average output voltage at R for the below given configuration.
Take firing angle as α = 15°, transformer ratio as 1:1:1 and Vmp as the maximum value of
phase voltage at the supply.
a) (3Vmp/2π) x cosα
b) (3√3Vmp/2π) x cosα
c) (3√3Vmp/2π) x sinα
d) (3Vmp/2π) x sinα
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The circuit is that of a three-pulse M-3 connection. The firing angle is less than
30°. Therefore, each device conducts for an angle of 120°.
Vo = 3 x [ 1/2π ∫ Vmp sin⁡ωt d(ωt) ] Where, the integration runs from α+π/6 to α+5π/6.
Vo = (3√3/2π) x Vmp x cosα.
6. In the circuit shown below, SCR T1 conducts first. If T1 is fired at an angle of α > 30°,
then T1 would conduct from
a) α to 180°
b) 30 + α to 180°
c) 30 + α to 150°
d) 30 + α to 120°
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: When firing angle is more than 30°, T1 would conduct from 30 + α to 180°.
Irrespective of the firing angle, T1 will be turned on at 180° because it conducts first which
means it is connected to the R phase and the phase sequence is R-Y-B. As R starts at 0°
its value is 0 at 180° which reverse biases the SCR T1.
7. Find the expression for average output voltage for the given circuit if firing angle is
greater than 30°. Take Vmp = secondary side maximum value of phase voltage.
a) (3√3Vmp/2π) x cosα
b) (3√3Vmp/2π) x (1+cosα)
c) (3√3Vmp/2π) x [1+cos(30+α)].
d) (3√3Vmp/2π) x [3+cos(30+α)].
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Vo = 3 x [ 1/2π ∫ Vmp sin⁡ωt d(ωt) ] Where, the integration runs from α+π/6 to
π. Because conduction takes place from 30 + α to 180° for T1 and than the waveform is
symmetrical for all other SCRs.
Vo = (3√3/2π) x Vmp x [1+cos(30+α)].
8. A three-phase three-pulse converter would operate as a line commutated inverter when

a) 30° < α < 60°
b) 90° < α <180°
c) 90° > α
d) it can never operate as a line commutated inverter
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The output voltage is proportional to cosine of the firing angle α. If α goes
above 90° then the output voltage is negative, meaning that it is operating as an inverter.
9. A three-phase M-3 converter is operated from a 3-phase, 230 V, 50 Hz supply with load
resistance R = 10 Ω. Find the value of firing angle if an average output voltage of 50% of
the maximum possible output voltage is required.
Hint: α > 30°.
a) 92.7°
b) 67.7°
c) 45°
d) 75.7°
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: We need , Vo = 0.5 Vom.
α>30° hence we use the equation Vo = (3√3/2π) x Vmp x [1+cos(30+α)] √3Vmp = Vml =
√2×230
Therefore, Vo = (3/2π) x √3 Vml x [1+cos(30+α)] = 0.5Vom
(1/√3) x [1+cos(30+α)] = Vo x 2π/3Vml = Vo/Vom = 1/2
α = 67.7°.
10. A three-phase half-wave controlled converter is fed from a 3-phase, 400 V source and is
connected to a load which takes a constant current of 36 A. Find,the value of average
output voltage and average current rating of SCR for a firing angle of 30°.
a) 234 V, 36 A
b) 234 V, 12 A
c) 135 V, 36 A
d) 135 V, 12 A
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Vo = (3√3/2π) x Vmp x cosα = 233.874 V.
Ia = Io/3 = 12 A.
1. A three phase full converter will require __________ number of SCRs.

a) 3
b) 6
c) 9
d) 2
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Three legs having two SCRs each, six in total.
2. A three phase six pulse full converter works as a ac to dc converter for firing angles in the
range
a) α > 90
b) 90 < α < 180
c) 0 < α < 90
d) 0 < α < 360
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: When α is less than 90°, the SCRs conduct for 120° and the current and
voltage are positive on an average hence, the power flows from AC source to DC load.
3. For the below given circuit, α = 60°. T2 will start conduction at ωt = __________ Assume
the inductor L value to be negligible.
a) 60°
b) 120°
c) 90°
d) 150°
View Answer
Answer: d
Expansion: Assuming the phase sequence is R-Y-B. T1 would start conducting at 30+60 =
90°, T2 at 90+210/2 = 150°. This is because after T1, T3 would conduct from the upper
group, as T2 belongs to the lower group it will start to conduct exactly between T1 and T3
i.e. between 90 and 210(90+120) which is 150°
4. For a three phase full controlled converter, with 3 thyristors in the upper or positive group
and 3 thyristors in the lower or negative group, at any given time
a) two thyristors are conducting from each group
b) one thyristor is conducting from each group
c) one thyristor is conducting from either of the groups
d) all 6 thyristors are conducting at a time
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Let’s say T1, T3 and T5 belong to the positive group and T2, T4 and T6 to the
negative group. At any given time one SCR from each group conducts. e.g. T1 and T6 or T1
and T2.
5. In case of a three phase full controlled converter with 6 SCRs, commutation occurs every
a) 120°
b) 60°
c) 180°
d) 30°
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Every SCR conducts for 120°. This means that the SCRs from the positive
group are fired 120° among themselves, same is true for SCRs from negative group. For
example, if T1 starts conducting at 90° it will conduct till 90+120 = 210°. But while T1 is
conducting, half of the time i.e. from 90 to 150, T6 is conducting and another half of the time
T2 is conducting. Hence, commutation (change in the SCR which is conducting) takes place
every 60 degrees irrespective of the firing angle. Construct the firing sequence table for
better understanding.
6. For the below given circuit, the conduction sequence for the negative group of SCRs is
a) T4-T6-T2
b) T1-T2-T3
c) T2-T6-1
d) T2-T4-T6
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: The negative group of SCRs has T2, T4 and T6. The conduct as T2-T4-T6, as
T2 is connected to the B phase, T4 to the R phase and like-wise.
7. For a three-phase full controlled converter with R load, the average value of output
voltage is zero for
a) α = 0°
b) α = 90°
c) α = 180°
d) It can never be zero
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: For α = 90 degrees, the voltage waveform is equally symmetrical about the ωt
axis, hence the average value is zero. This can also be found by using the formula for
average output voltage,
Vo = (3Vml/π) cos α,
For α = 90°, cosα = 0, Vo = zero.
8. A three-phase full converter charges a battery from a three-phase supply of 230 V. The
battery emf is 200 V and the internal resistance of the battery is 0.5 Ω. Find the value of the
continuous current which is flowing through the battery if its terminal voltage is 210 V
a) 10 A
b) 20 A
c) 0.5 A
d) 25 A
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Vo = 210 V
Vo = E + Io x R
210 = 200 + 0.5 x Io
Io (Current through the battery) = 20 A.
9. A three-phase full converter charges a battery from a three-phase supply of 230 V. The
battery emf is 200 V. Find the value of the firing angle if the battery terminal voltage is 210
V.
a) 36.54°
b) 56.7°
c) 89.3°
d) 47.45°
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Vo = (3Vml/π) cos α
α = cos-1(210π/3√2×230) = 47.453°.
10. A three-phase full converter charges a battery from a three-phase supply of 230 V. Find
the value of the power delivered to the load if a continues current of 20A is flowing through
the battery of emf 200 V and internal resistance of 0.5 Ω.
a) 0 W
b) 5600 W
c) 4200 W
d) 1040 W
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Iavg = Irms = 20 A
P = E x Iavg + Irms2 x R = 4200 W.
1. The ferrite cores are used for ____________ transformers.

a) Small transformers
b) Medium transformers
c) Large transformers
d) Medium and small transformers
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Ferrite cores are used for cores of small transformers used in communication
circuits at high frequencies and low energy levels. Because ferrites have high resistivity they
will have lower eddy current losses.

a) 43.33
b) 42.54
c) 43.11
d) 41.47
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Given a number of poles = 2. Supply frequency is 50 Hz. Rotor speed is 400
rpm. Ns = 120×f÷P=120×50÷2 = 3000 rpm. S=Ns-Nr÷Ns = 3000-400÷3000 = .8666.
F2=sf=.8666×50=43.33 Hz.
3. Calculate the phase angle of the sinusoidal waveform w(t)=.45sin(87πt+8π÷787).

a) 2π÷39
b) 8π÷787
c) 5π÷74
d) 42π÷4
View Answer
Answer: b
difference.
Question 1
___________ is an energy recovery mechanism that slows down a moving vehicle or object
by converting its kinetic energy into a form that can be either used immediately or stored
until needed.
A. Countercurrent Braking
B. Dynamic braking
C. Regenerative braking
D. None of the above
View Answer
Ans : C
Explanation: Regenerative braking is an energy recovery mechanism that slows down a

moving vehicle or object by converting its kinetic energy into a form that can be either
used immediately or stored until needed
Question 2
The most common form of regenerative brake involves an electric motor functioning as
an electric generator
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
C. Can be true or false
D. can not say
View Answer
Ans : A
Explanation: True, The most common form of regenerative brake involves an electric
motor functioning as an electric generator.
Question 3
The regenerative braking effect drops off at _______ speeds
A. higher
B. lower
C. normal
View Answer
Ans : B
Explanation: The regenerative braking effect drops off at lower speeds, and cannot bring
a vehicle to a complete halt reasonably quickly with current technology
Question 4
KERS stands for?
A. Krieger energy recovery systems
B. Krieger electric recovery systems
C. Kinetic energy recovery systems
D. Kinetic electric recovery systems
View Answer
Ans : C
Explanation: Kinetic energy recovery systems (KERS) were used for the motor
sport Formula One's 2009 season, and are under development for road vehicles
Question 5
Source transformation is not valid for ___________
A. Ideal voltage source
B. Practical voltage source
C. Practical current source
D. Ideal current and voltage source
View Answer
Ans : D
Explanation: Source transformation is not valid for an ideal current and voltage source.
The internal resistance for ideal voltage and current source is zero due to which source
transformation is not valid
Question 6
The dead network does not have any _________
A. Dependent source
B. Resistor
C. Capacitor
D. Independent source
View Answer
Ans : D
Explanation: In the case of the dead network there are no independent sources available
in the electrical circuit. The Thevenin voltage of the circuit is zero because no force is
available to drive the current in the circuit
Question 7
All circuits are always _________
A. Resistors
B. Networks
C. Capacitors
D. Inductors
View Answer
Ans : B
Explanation: The network is defined as the interconnection of electrical elements that

may or may not has a closed path. The circuit is defined as the interconnection of an
element that must have at least one closed path. All circuits are always networks but vice-
versa is not true.
Question 8
Regenerative braking is not possible in a series motor
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
D. can not say
View Answer
Ans : A
Explanation: In regenerative braking, the motor acts as a generator. The back emf is more
than the terminal voltage in case of regenerative braking.
Question 9
Current regenerative brakes immobilize a stationary vehicle
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
D. can not say
View Answer
Ans : B
Explanation: True, Current regenerative brakes do not immobilize a stationary vehicle;

physical locking is required, for example to prevent vehicles from rolling down hills.
Question 10
The regenerative braking effect available is limited
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
D. can not say
View Answer
Ans : A
Explanation: The regenerative braking effect available is limited, and mechanical braking
is still necessary for substantial speed reductions, to bring a vehicle to a stop, or to hold a
vehicle at a standstill.
Question 1
___________ is any of a class of rotary electrical motors that converts direct current electrical
energy into mechanical energy
A. AC Motor
B. DC Motor
C. KC Motor
D. All of the above
View Answer
Ans : B
Explanation: A DC motor is any of a class of rotary electrical motors that converts direct
current electrical energy into mechanical energy
Question 2
A ________________ has a magnetic field along the axis of rotation and an electric current
that at some point is not parallel to the magnetic field.
A. ball bearing motor
B. bearing motor
C. homopolar motor
D. induction motor
View Answer
Ans : C
Explanation: A homopolar motor has a magnetic field along the axis of rotation and an
electric current that at some point is not parallel to the magnetic field
Question 3
A ball bearing motor is an unusual electric motor that consists of ________ ball bearing-
type bearings
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
View Answer
Ans : A
Explanation: A ball bearing motor is an unusual electric motor that consists of two ball
bearing-type bearings, with the inner races mounted on a common conductive shaft, and
the outer races connected to a high current, low voltage power supply.
Question 4
The PWM control of DC motor varies _________
A. inversely with speed
B. parabolically with speed
C. linearly with speed
D. exponentially with speed
View Answer
Ans : C
Explanation: In PWM technique duty ratio is a linear function with respect to speed.
Question 5
A series DC motor connects the armature and field windings in series with a common D.C.
power source
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
D. Can not say
View Answer
Ans : A
Explanation: True, A series DC motor connects the armature and field windings in series
with a common D.C. power source
Question 6
Ward-Leonard system of system of speed control is not recommended for _________
A. Wide speed
B. frequent-motor reversed
C. very slow speed
D. constant speed operation
View Answer
Ans : D
Explanation: Ward-Leonard system of system of speed control is not recommended for

constant speed operation.
Question 7
At a very low speed, increase in field resistance will _________
A. increase the speed of motor
B. decrease the speed of motor
C. not have signicant effect on speed
D. no effect
View Answer
Ans : B
Explanation: At low speed increase in armature current caused by decrease in emf, will
not be enough to compensate for decrease in flux in induced torque equation
Question 8
How many types of electrical connections between the stator and rotor possible for DC
electric motors?
A. 0
B. 1
C. 2
D. 3
View Answer
Ans : D
Explanation: There are three types of electrical connections between the stator and rotor
possible for DC electric motors: series, shunt/parallel and compound (various blends of
series and shunt/parallel) and each has unique speed/torque characteristics appropriate
for different loading torque profiles/signatures.
Question 9
A series motor should be started at no load.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
D. Can not say
View Answer
Ans : B
Explanation: False, A series motor should never be started at no load. With no

mechanical load on the series motor, the current is low, the counter-Electro motive force
produced by the field winding is weak, and so the armature must turn faster to produce
sufficient counter-EMF to balance the supply voltage. The motor can be damaged by
overspeed. This is called a runaway condition.
Question 10
A shunt DC motor connects the armature and field windings in parallel or shunt with a
common D.C. power source
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
D. Can not say
View Answer
Ans : A
Explanation: True, A shunt DC motor connects the armature and field windings in parallel
or shunt with a common D.C. power source.
Question 1
____________ is the use of an electric traction motor as a generator when slowing a vehicle
such as an electric or diesel-electric locomotive.
A. Regenerative Braking
B. Dynamic braking
C. Countercurrent Braking
D. All of the above
View Answer
Ans : B
Explanation: Dynamic braking is the use of an electric traction motor as a generator

when slowing a vehicle such as an electric or diesel-electric locomotive.
Question 2
Dynamic braking _________ wear on friction-based braking components.
A. increases
B. no effect
C. reduces
D. can not say
View Answer
Ans : C
Explanation: Dynamic braking reduces wear on friction-based braking components, and

regeneration lowers net energy consumption.
Question 3
Dynamic braking used on ?
A. hybrid electric automobiles
B. trolleybuses
C. electric trams
D. All of the above
View Answer
Ans : D
Explanation: Dynamic braking may also be used on railcars with multiple units, light rail
vehicles, electric trams, trolleybuses and electric and hybrid electric automobiles.
Question 4
Which braking method is the best method for obtaining high braking torque?
A. Regenerative braking
B. Plugging
C. Dynamic braking
D. Rheostatic braking
View Answer
Ans : B
Explanation: Plugging is the best braking method among all braking techniques. In
plugging the value of the armature current reverses and the mechanical energy is
extracted. A very high braking torque is produced in case of plugging.
Question 5
How many main methods of managing the electricity generated during dynamic braking?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
View Answer
Ans : A
Explanation: The two main methods of managing the electricity generated during
dynamic braking are rheostatic braking and regenerative braking.
Question 6
For permanent magnet motors, dynamic braking is easily achieved by shorting the motor
terminals.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
D. can not say
View Answer
Ans : A
Explanation: True, For permanent magnet motors, dynamic braking is easily achieved by
shorting the motor terminals, thus bringing the motor to a fast abrupt stop.
Question 7
Full form of SCIM.
A. Squirrel cage inverter motor
B. Solid cage induction motor
C. Square cage induction motor
D. Squirrel cage induction motor
View Answer
Ans : D
Explanation: SCIM stands for squirrel cage induction motor. SCIM rotor is made up of
aluminum, copper bars. There are no armature conductors involved in it.
Question 8
The polarity of back e.m.f changes in which of the method?
A. Regenerative braking
B. Dynamic braking
C. Plugging
D. Rheostatic braking
View Answer
Ans : C
Explanation: In case of Plugging braking technique polarity of the back e.m.f voltage
changes due to which current direction changes and mechanical, electrical energy are
wasted in the form of heat in resistors
Question 9
Reactive power is positive in the case of the inductor.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
D. can not say
View Answer
Ans : A
Explanation: True, The reactive power is defined as the product of the voltage, current,
and sine of the difference between the phase angle of voltage and current. In the case of
an inductor, the voltage leads the current. The value of sine is positive and reactive power
is positive
Question 10
Reactive power is positive in the case of the capacitor
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
D. can not say
View Answer
Ans : B
Explanation: False, The reactive power is defined as the product of the voltage, current,
and sine of the difference between the phase angle of voltage and current. In the case of
a capacitor, the voltage lags the current. The value of sine is negative and reactive power
is negative.
1. No-load speed of which of the following motor will be highest ?
(a) Shunt motor
(b) Series motor
(c) Cumulative compound motor
(d) Differentiate compound motor
Ans: b
2. The direction of rotation of a D.C. series motor can be changed by
(a) interchanging supply terminals
(b) interchanging field terminals
(c) either of (a) and (b) above
Ans: b
3. Which of the following application requires high starting torque ?
(a) Lathe machine
(b) Centrifugal pump
(c) Locomotive
(d) Air blower
Ans: c
4. If a D.C. motor is to be selected for conveyors, which rriotor would
be preferred ?
(a) Series motor
(b) Shunt motor
(c) Differentially compound motor
(d) Cu
5. Which D.C. motor will be preferred for machine tools ?
(a) Series motor
(b) Shunt motor
(c) Cumulative compound motor
(d) Differential compound motor
Ans: b
6. Differentially compound D.C. motors can find applications requiring
(a) high starting torque
(b) low starting torque
(c) variable speed
(d) frequent on-off cycles
Ans: b
7. Which D.C. motor is preferred for elevators ?
(a) Shunt motor
(b) Series motor
(c) Differential compound motor
(d) Cumulative compound motor
Ans: d
8. According to Fleming’s left-hand rule, when the forefinger points in
the direction of the field or flux, the middle finger will point in the
direction of
(a) current in the conductor aovtaat of conductor
(c) resultant force on conductor
Ans: a
9. If the field of a D.C. shunt motor gets opened while motor is running
(a) the speed of motor will be reduced %
(b) the armature current will reduce
(c) the motor will attain dangerously high speed 1
(d) the motor will continue to nuvat constant speed
Ans: c
10. Starters are used with D.C. motors because
(a) these motors have high starting torque
(b) these motors are not self-starting
(c) back e.m.f. of these motors is zero initially
(d) to restrict armature current as there is no back e.m.f. while starting
Ans: d
11. In D.C. shunt motors as load is reduced
(a) the speed will increase abruptly
(b) the speed will increase in proportion to reduction in load
(c) the speed will remain almost/constant
(d) the speed will reduce
Ans: c
12. A D.C. series motor is that which
(a) has its field winding consisting of thick wire and less turns
(b) has a poor torque
(c) can be started easily without load
(d) has almost constant speed
Ans: a
13. For starting a D.C. motor a starter is required because
(a) it limits the speed of the motor
(b) it limits the starting current to a safe value
(c) it starts the motor
Ans: b
14. The type of D.C. motor used for shears and punches is
(a) shunt motor
(b) series motor
(c) differential compoutid D.C. motor
(d) cumulative compound D.C. motor
Ans: d
15. If a D.C. motor is connected across the A.C. supply it will
(a) run at normal speed
(b) not run
(c) run at lower speed
(d) burn due to heat produced in the field winding by .eddy currents
Ans: d
16. To get the speed of D.C, motor below the normal without wastage of
electrical energy is used.
(a) Ward Leonard control
(b) rheostatic control
(c) any of the above method
(d) none of the above method
Ans: a
17. When two D.C. series motors are connected in parallel, the resultant
speed is
(a) more than the normal speed
(b) loss than the normal speed
(c) normal speed
(d) zero
Ans: c
18. The speed of a D.C. shunt motor more than its full-load speed can be
obtained by
(a) decreasing the field current
(b) increasing the field current
(c) decreasing the armature current
(d) increasing the armature current
Ans: a
19. In a D.C. shunt motor, speed is
(a) independent of armature current
(b) directly proportional to the armature current
(c) proportional to the square of the current
(d) inversely proportional to the armature current
Ans: a
20. A direct on line starter is used: for starting motors
(a) up to 5 H.P.
(b) up to 10 H.P.
(c) up to 15 H.P.
(d) up to 20 H.P.
Ans: a
21. What will happen if the back e.m.f. of a D.C. motor vanishes
suddenly?
(a) The motor will stop
(b) The motor will continue to run
(c) The armature may burn
(d) The motor will run noisy
Ans: c
22. In case of D.C. shunt motors the speed is dependent on back e.m.f.
only because
(a) back e.m.f. is equal to armature drop
(b) armature drop is negligible
(c) flux is proportional to armature current
(d) flux is practically constant in D:C. shunt motors
Ans: d
23. In a D.C. shunt motor, under the conditions of maximum power, the
current in the armature will be
(a) almost negligible
(b) rated full-load current
(c) less than full-load current
(d) more than full-load current
Ans: d
24. These days D.C. motors are widely used in
(a) pumping sets
(b) air compressors
(c) electric traction
(d) machine shops
Ans: c
25. By looking at which part of the motor, it can be easily confirmed
that a particular motor is D.C. motor?
(a) Frame
(b) Shaft
(c) Commutator
(d) Stator
Ans: c
26. In which of the following applications D.C. series motor is
invariably tried?
(a) Starter for a car
(b) Drive for a water pump
(c) Fan motor
(d) Motor operation in A.C. or D.C.
Ans: a
27. In D.C. machines fractional pitch winding is used
(a) to improve cooling
(b) to reduce copper losses
(c) to increase the generated e.m.f.
(d) to reduce the sparking
Ans: d
28. A three point starter is considered suitable for
(a) shunt motors
(b) shunt as well as compound motors
(c) shunt, compound and series motors
(d) all D.C. motors
Ans: b
29. In case-the conditions for maximum power for a D.C. motor are
established, the efficiency of the motor will be
(a) 100%
(b) around 90%
(c) anywhere between 75% and 90%
(d) less than 50%
Ans: d
30. The ratio of starting torque to full-load torque is least in case of
(a) series motors
(b) shunt motors
(c) compound motors
Ans: b
31. In D.C. motor which of the following can sustain the maximum
temperature rise?
(a) Slip rings
(b) Commutator
(c) Field winding
(d) Armature winding
Ans: c
33. Which of the following law/rule can he used to determine the
direction of rotation of D.C. motor ?
(a) Lenz’s law
(b) Faraday’s law
(c) Coloumb’s law
(d) Fleming’s left-hand rule
Ans: d
34. Which of the following load normally needs starting torque more than
the rated torque?
(a) Blowers
(b) Conveyors
(c) Air compressors
(d) Centrifugal pumps
Ans: b
35. The starting resistance of a D.C. motor is generally
(a) low
(b) around 500 Q
(c) 1000 Q
(d) infinitely large
Ans: a
36. The speed of a D.C. series motor is
(a) proportional to the armature current
(b) proportional to the square of the armature current
(c) proportional to field current
(d) inversely proportional to the armature current
Ans: d
37. In a D.C. series motor, if the armature current is reduced by 50%,
the torque of the motor will be equal
to
(a) 100% of the previous value
(b) 50% of the previous value
(c) 25% of the previous value
(d) 10% of the previous value
(e) none of the above
Ans: c
38. The current drawn by the armature of D.C. motor is directly
proportional to
(a) the torque required
(b) the speed of the motor
(c) the voltage across the terminals
Ans: a
39. The power mentioned on the name plate of an electric motor indicates
(a) the power drawn in kW
(b) the power drawn in kVA
(c) the gross power
(d) the output power available at the shaft
Ans: d
40. Which D.C. motor has got maximum self loading property?
(a) Series motor
(b) Shunt motor
(c) Cumulatively compounded ‘motor
(d) Differentially compounded motor
Ans: d
41. Which D.C. motor will be suitable along with flywheel for
intermittent light and heavy loads?
(a) Series motor
(b) Shunt motor
(c) Cumulatively compounded motor
Ans: c
42. If a D.C. shunt motor is working at no load and if shunt field
circuit suddenly opens
(a) nothing will happen to the motor
(b) this will make armature to take heavy current, possibly burning it
(c) this will result in excessive speed, possibly destroying armature due to
excessive centrifugal stresses (d) motor will run at very slow speed
Ans: c
43. D.C. series motors are used
(a) where load is constant
(b) where load changes frequently
(c) where constant operating speed is needed
(d) in none of the above situations.
Ans: d
44. For the same H.P. rating and full load speed, following motor has
poor starting torque
(a) shunt
(b) series
(c) differentially compounded
(d) cumulativelyc’ompounded
Ans: c
45. In case of conductively compensated D.C. series motors, the
compensating winding is provided
(a) as separately wound unit
(6) in parallel with armature winding
(c) in series with armature winding
(d) in parallel with field winding
Ans: c
46. Sparking at the commutator of a D.C. motor may result in
(a) damage to commutator segments
(b) damage to commutator insulation
(c) increased power consumption
Ans: d
47. Which of the following motor is preferred for operation in highly
explosive atmosphere ?
(a) Series motor
(b) Shunt motor
(c) Air motor
(d) Battery operated motor
Ans: c
48. If the supply voltage for a D.C. motor is increased, which of the
following will decrease ?
(a) Starting torque
(b) Operating speed
(c) Full-load current
Ans: c
49. Which one of the following is not the function of pole shoes in a
D.C. machine ?
(a) To reduce eddy current loss
(b) To support the field coils
(c) To spread out flux for better uniformity
(d) To reduce the reluctance of the magnetic path
Ans: a
50. The mechanical power developed by a shunt motor will be maximum when
the ratio of back e.m.f. to applied voltage is
(a) 4.0
(b) 2.0
(c) 1.0
(d) 0.5
Ans: d
51. The condition for maximum power in case of D.C. motor is
(a) back e.m.f. = 2 x supply voltage
(b) back e.m.f. = | x supply voltage
(c) supply voltage = | x back e.m.f.
(d) supply voltage = back e.m.f.
Ans: b
52. For which of the following applications a D.C. motor is preferred
over an A.C. motor ?
(a) Low speed operation
(b) High speed operation
(c) Variable speed operation
(d) Fixed speed operation
Ans: c
53. In D.C. machines the residual magnetism is of the order of
(a) 2 to 3 per cent
(6) 10 to 15 per cent
(c) 20 to 25 per cent
(d) 50 to 75 per cent
Ans: a
54. Which D.C. motor is generally preferred for cranes and hoists ?
(a) Series motor
(b) Shunt motor
Ans: a
55. Three point starter can be used for
(a) series motor only
(b) shunt motor only
(c) compound motor only
(d) both shunt and compound motor
Ans: d
56. Sparking, is discouraged in a D.C. motor because
(a) it increases the input power con-sumption
(b) commutator gets damaged
(c) both (a) and (b)
Ans: b
57. Speed control by Ward Leonard method gives uniform speed variation
(a) in one direction
(b) in both directions
(c) below normal speed only
(d) above normal speed only.
Ans: b
58. Flywheel is used with D.C. compound motor to reduce the peak demand
by the motor, compound motor will have
to be
(a) level compounded
(b) under compounded
(c) cumulatively compounded
(d) differentially compounded
Ans: c
59. Following motor is used where high starting torque and wide speed
range control is required.
(a) Single phase capacitor start
(b) Induction motor
(d) D.C. motor
(e) None of the above
Ans: d
60. In a differentially compounded D.C. motor, if shunt field suddenly
opens
(a) the motor will first stop and then run in opposite direction as series
motor
(b) the motor will work as series motor and run at slow speed in the same
direction
(c) the motor will work as series motor and run at high speed in the same
direction
(d) the motor will not work and come to stop
Ans: a
61. Which of the following motor has the poorest speed regulation ?
(a) Shunt motor
(b) Series motor
(c) Differential compound motor
(d) Cumulative compound motor
Ans: b
62. Buses, trains, trolleys, hoists, cranes require high starting torque
and therefore make use of
(a) D.C. series motor
(b) D.C. shunt motor
(c) induction motor
(d) all of above motors
Ans: a
63. As -the load is increased the speed of D.C. shunt motor will
(a) reduce slightly
(b) increase slightly
(c) increase proportionately
(d) remains unchanged
Ans: a
64. The armature torque of the D.C. shunt motor is proportional to
(a) field flux only
(b) armature current only
Ans: b
65. Which of the following method of speed control of D.C. machine will
offer minimum efficiency ?
(a) Voltage control method
(b) Field control method
(c) Armature control method
(d) All above methods
Ans: c
66. Usually wide and sensitive speed control is desired in case of
(a) centrifugal pumps
(b) elevators
(c) steel rolling mills
(d) colliery winders
Ans: d
67. The speed of a motor falls from 1100 r.p.m. at no-load to 1050 r.p.m.
at rated load. The speed regulation of the motor is
(a) 2.36%
(6) 4.76%
(c) 6.77%
(d) 8.84%
Ans: b
68. The armature voltage control of D.C. motor provides
(a) constant torque drive
(b) constant voltage drive
(c) constant current drive
Ans: a
69. As there is no back e.m.f. at the instant of starting a D.C. motor,
in order to prevent a heavy current from flowing though the armature circuit
(a) a resistance is connected in series with armature
(b) a resistance is connected parallel to the armature
(c) armature is temporarily open circuited
(d) a high value resistor is connected across the field winding
Ans: a
70. The speed of a D.C. shunt motor can be increased by
(a) increasing the resistance in armature circuit
(b) increasing the resistance in field circuit
(c) reducing the resistance in the field circuit
(d) reducing the resistance in the armature circuit
Ans: b
71. If I2 be the armature current, then speed of a D.C. shunt motor is
(a) independent of Ia
(b) proportional to la
(c) varies as (Ia)
(d) varies as la
Ans: a
72. In case the back e.m.f. and the speed of a D.C. motor are doubled,
the torque developed by the motor will
(a) remain unchanged
(6) reduce to one-fourth value
(c) increase four folds
(d) be doubled
Ans: a
73. At the instant of starting when a D.C. motor is put on supply, it
behaves like
(a) a highly resistive circuit
(6) a low resistance circuit
(c) a capacitive circuit
Ans: b
74. The speed of a D.C. motor can be varied by varying
(a) field current
(b) applied voltage
(c) resistance in series with armature
Ans: d
75. Which one of the following is not necessarily the advantage of D.C.
motors over A.C. motors ?
(a) Low cost
(b) Wide speed range
(c) Stability
(d) High starting torque.
Ans: a
76. For a D.C. shunt motor if the excitation is changed
(a) torque will remain constant
(b) torque will change but power will remain constant
(c) torque and power both will change
(d) torque, power and speed, all will change
Ans: b
77. Which motor has the poorest speed control?
(a) Differentially compounded motor
(b) Cumulatively compounded motor
(c) Shunt motor
(d) Series motor
Ans: d
78. The plugging gives the
(a) zero torque braking
(b) smallest torque braking
(c) highest torque braking
Ans: c
79. The armature voltage control of D.C. motor provides
(a) constant voltage drive
(b) constant current drive
(c) constant torque drive
Ans: c
80. If a D.C. motor designed for 40°C ambient temperature is to be used
for 50°C ambient temperature, then the motor
(a) of lower H.P. should be selected
(6) of higher H.P. should be selected
(c) can be used for 50°C ambient temperature also
(d) is to be derated by a factor recommended by manufacturer and select the
next higher H.P. motor
Ans: d
81. If the terminals of armature of D.C. motor are interchanged, this
action will offer following kind of braking
(o) regenerative
(b) plugging
(c) dynamic braking
(e) any of the above
Ans: b
82. Which of the following motors one will choose to drive the rotary
compressor ?
(a) D.C. shunt motor
(b) D.C. series motor
(c) Universal motor
(d) Synchronous motor
Ans: d
83. If the speed of a D.C. shunt motor is increased, the back e.m.f. of
the motor will
(a) increase
(b) decrease
(c) remain same
(d) become zero
Ans: a
84. Why are the D.C. motors preferred for traction applications ?
(a) Torque and speed are inversely proportional to armature current
(b) Torque is proportional to armature current
(c) Torque is proportional to square root of armature current
(d) The speed is inversely proportional to the torque and the torque is
proportional to square of armature current
Ans: d
85. Which of the following motors is usually used in house-hold
refrigerators ?
(c) Single phase induction motor (split phase start or induction run motor)
(d) Reluctance motor
(e) Synchronous motor
Ans: c
86. Which of the following motors is most suitable for signalling devices
and many kinds of timers ?
(c) Induction motor
Ans: d
87. Which motor should not be started on no-load ?
(a) Series motor
(b) Shunt motor
(d) Differentially compounded motor.
Ans: a
88. Ward-Leonard control is basically a
(a) voltage control method
(b) field divertor method
(c) field control method
(d) armature resistance control method
Ans: a
89. For constant torque drive which speed control method is preferred ?
(a) Field control
(b) Armature voltage control
(c) Shunt armature control
(d) Mechanical loading system
Ans: b
90. In Ward-Leonard control the lower limit of speed is imposed by
(a) residual magnetism of the generator
(b) core losses of motor
(c) mechanical losses of motor and generator together
Ans: a
91. The main disadvantage of the Ward-Leonard control method is
(a) high initial cost
(b) high maintenance cost
(c) low efficiency at Hght loads
Ans: d
92. Regenerative method of braking is based on that
(a) back e.m.f. is less than the applied voltage
(b) back e.m.f. is equal to the applied voltage
(c) back e.m.f. of rotor is more than the applied voltage
Ans: b
93. The hysteresis loss in a D.C. machine least depends on
(a) Frequency of magnetic reversals
(b) Maximum value of flux density
(c) Volume and grade of iron
(d) Rate of flow of ventilating air
Ans: d
94. In a D.C. generator all of the following could be the effects of iron
losses except
(a) Loss of efficiency
(b) Excessive heating of core
(c) Increase in terminal voltage
(d) Rise in temperature of ventilating air
Ans: c
95. The losses occurring in a D.C. generator are given below. Which loss
is likely to have highest proportion at rated load of the generator ?
(a) hysteresis loss
(b) field copper loss
(c) armature copper loss
(d) eddy current loss
Ans: c
96. Which of the following loss in a D.C. generator varies significantly
with the load current ?
(a) Field copper loss
(b) Windage loss
(c) Armature copper loss
Ans: c
97. Torque developed by a D.C. motor depends upon
(a) magnetic field
(b) active length of the conductor
(c) current flow through the conductors
(d) number of conductors
(e) radius of armature
(f) all above factors
Ans: f
98. D.C. shunt motors are used for driving
(a) trains
(b) cranes
(c) hoists
(d) machine tools
Ans: d
99. In a manual shunt motor starter
(a) over load relay is connected in series and no volt relay in parallel with
the load
(6) over load relay is connected in parallel and no volt relay in series with
the load
(c) over load relay and no volt relay are both connected in series with the
load
(d) over load relay and no volt relay are both connected in parallel with the
load
Ans: a
100. Which of the following steps is likely to result in reduction of
hysteresis loss in a D.C. generator ?
(a) Providing laminations in armature core
(b) Providing laminations in stator
(c) Using non-magnetic material for frame
(d) Using material of low hysteresis co-efficient for armature core material
Ans: d
101. Which of the following loss in a D.C. generator is dissipated in the
form of heat?
(a) Mechanical loss
(b) Core loss
(c) Copper loss
Ans: d
102. Which of the following losses are significantly reduced by
laminating the core of a D.C. generator ?
(a) Hysteresis losses
(b) Eddy current losses
(c) Copper losses
(d) Windage losses
Ans: b
103. The total losses in a well designed D.C. generator of 10 kW will be
nearly
(a) 100 W
(b) 500 W
(c) 1000 W
(d) 1500 W
Ans: b
104. The condition for maximum efficiency for a D.C. generator is
(a) eddy current losses = stray losses
(b) hysteresis losses = eddy current losses
(c) copper losses = 0
(d) variable losses = constant losses
Ans: d
105. D.C. generators are normally designed for maximum efficiency around
(a) full-load
(b) rated r.p.m.
(c) rated voltage
Ans: a
106. In a D.C. generator, the iron losses mainly take place in
(a) yoke
(b) commutator
(c) armature conductors
(d) armature rotor
Ans: d
107. D.C. generators are installed near the load centres to reduce
(a) iron losses
(b) line losses
(c) sparking
(d) corona losses
Ans: b
108. The purpose of retardation test on D.C. shunt machines is to find
out
(a) stray losses
(b) eddy current losses
(c) field copper losses
(d) windage losses
Ans: a
109. Which of the following tests will be suitable for testing two
similar D.C. series motors of large capacity ?
(a) Swinburne’s test
(b) Hopkinson’s test
(c) Field test
(d) Brake test
Ans: c
110. Hopkinson’s test on D.C. machines is conducted at
(a) no-load
(b) part load
(c) full-load
(d) overload
Ans: c
111. During rheostat braking of D.C. series motors
(a) motor is run as a generator
(b) motor is reversed in direction
(c) motor is run at reduced speed
Ans: a
112. For which types of D.C. motor, dynamic braking is generally used ?
(a) Shunt motors
(b) Series motors
(c) Compound motors
Ans: d
113. Which method of braking is generally used in elevators ?
(a) Plugging
(b) Regenerative braking
(c) Rheostatic braking
Ans: a
114. In variable speed motor
(a) a stronger commutating field is needed at low speed than at high speed
(b) a weaker commutating field is needed at low speed than at high speed
(c) same commutating field is needed at low speed than at high speed
(d) none of the above is correct
Ans: b
115. When the armature of a D.C. motor rotates, e.m.f. induced is
(a) self-induced e.m.f.
(b) mutually induced e.m.f.
(c) back e.m.f.
Ans: c
116. Where D.C. motor of H.P. 12 or more requires frequent starting,
stopping, reversing and speed control
(a) drum type controller is used
(b) three point starter is used
(c) four point starter is used
(d) all above can be used
Ans: a
117. If a D.C. shunt motor is working at full load and if shunt field
circuit suddenly opens
(a) this will make armature to take heavy current, possibly burning it
(6) this will result in excessive speed, possibly destroying armature due to
excessive centrifugal stresses
(c) nothing will happen to motor
(d) motor will come to stop
Ans: a
118. D.C. motor is to drive a load which has certain minimum value for
most of the time and some peak value for short
duration. We will select the
(a) series motor
(b) shunt motor
(c) compound motor
Ans: a
119. D.C. motor is to a drive a load which is almost nil for certain part
of the load cycle and peak value for short duration. We will select this
(a) series motor
(b) shunt motor
(c) compound motor
Ans: c
120. Which D.C. motor has got maximum self relieving property ?
(a) Series motor
(6) Shunt motor
Ans: a
121. In the D.C. motor the iron losses occur in
(a) the field
(b) the armature
(c) the brushes
(d) the commutator
Ans: b
122. The speed of a D.C. shunt motor is required to be more than full
load speed. This is possible by
(a) reducing the field current
(b) decreasing the armature current
(c) increasing the armature current
(d) increasing the excitation current
(e) none of the above methods
Ans: a
123. One D.C. motor drives another D.C. motor. The second D.C. motor when
excited and driven
(a) runs as a generator
(b) does not run as a generator
(c) also runs as a motor comes to stop after sometime
(d)none
Ans: a
1. Speed control by variation of field flux results in__________.
a. Variable power drive
b. Variable torque drive
c. Constant torque drive
d. Constant power drive

2. In variable speed dc motor drive the armature voltage controls leads to_________.
a. Variable torque operation
b. Randomly varying power operation
c. Constant torque operation
d. Constant power operation
3. Speed of an induction motor is controlled by injecting voltage into the rotor winding. Frequency of the
injected voltage should be _________.
a. Slip frequency
b. Frequency corresponding to rotor speed
c. Frequency corresponding to required speed
d. Main frequency
4. The slip power recovery scheme is used in induction motor for speed control in the range__________.
a. Above synchronous speed
b. Below synchronous speed
c. Both above and below synchronous speed
d. None of the above

5. The electric braking system commonly employed in rolling mills, elevators and printing presses is
___________.
a. Regenerative
b. Dynamic
c. Rheostatic
d. Plugging
6. For rheostatic braking of two series motor connected in parallel_______.
a. Equaliser is better
b. Cross-connection is better
c. Both are equally good
d. None of the two is required
7. Dynamic braking is employed to brake__________.
a. Reversing drive
b. Non-reversing drive
c. In both (a) and (b)
8. The condition of regenerative braking can be achieved by________.
a. Increasing the excitation while supply voltage remains constant

b. Speed higher than no-load speed of overhauling load
c. Increasing current at high speed
d. Either (a) or (b)
9. In a dc shunt motor, regenerative braking is limited by________.
a. Saturation of flux at low speed
b. Saturation of flux at high speed
c. Armature current at high speed
10. Foe regeneratively braking with dc series motors, its field windings are_________
excited.
a. Separately
b. Shunt
c. Series
d. Either (b) or (c)
11. The most economical method of electric braking is_________.
a. Regenerative braking
b. Plugging
c. Dynamic braking with self excitation
d. Dynamic braking with separate excitation
12. The plugging provides _________ braking torque in comparison to rheostatic and
regenerative braking systems.
a. Highest
b. Negligible
c. Small
13. Rheostatic braking may be applied to an induction motor provided________.
a. Variable external resistance is available
b. Separate dc source for field excitation is available
c. It is a squirrel cage type
d. It is a wound type
14. The motor enclosure used for collieries, chemical plants is _______.
a. Pipe ventilated type
b. Totally enclosed type
c. Splash proof type

d. Flame proof type
15. The motor enclosure used in woodworking industry is________.
a. Protected type
b. Totally enclosed fan cooled type
c. Flame-proof type
d. Splash-proof type
16. The motor enclosure used for industrial purposes is_________.
a. Drip proof type
b. Totally enclosed type
c. Protected type
d. Open type
17. Rotor of a motor is usually supported on_________.
a. Ball or roller bearing
b. Bush bearing
c. Thrust bearing
d. Any of the above

18. Ball-bearings are___________.
a. Costlier and noisy particularly at high motor speed
b. Used up to 75 kW motors
c. Of long life and low friction loss
d. All of the above
19. Sleeve bearings_________.
a. Are used where noise is to be avoided
b. Have self-lubricating properties
c. Are normally of bronze
d. All of the above
20. Hot bearings of a dc motor may be caused by__________.
a. Incorrect voltage
b. Poor ventilation
c. Lack of or dirty lubricant
d. Loose coupling
21. Excessive motor vibration is caused by________.
a. Excessive brush tension
b. Bent shaft
c. Open armature coil
d. Worn bearings
22. Excessive sparking at the brushes may be caused due to_________.
a. Open armature coil
b. Worn bearings
c. Loose coupling
d. Dirt on commutator
23. Intermittent sparking at the brushes of a dc motor may be caused due

to_________.
a. Incorrect voltage
b. Loose coupling
c. Intermittent level
d. Open armature coil
24. The least expensive drive is_________.
a. Gear drive
b. Belt drive
c. Rope drive
d. Chain drive
25. For very high speed ratio the indispensable drive is________.
a. Chain drive
b. Rope drive
c. Direct drive
d. Any of the above
26. In rotating electrical machines, the insulation temperature limit for class B
type is________.
a. 105*C
b. 130*C
c. 150*C
d. 180*C
The capacity of crane is expressed in terms of__________.
a. Tonnes
b. Type of drive
c. Span
d. Any of the above
2. The travelling speed of a crane varies from_______.
a. 0.2 to 1.0 m/s
b. 1.0 to 2.5 m/s
c. 10 to 20 m/s
d. 20 to 25 m/s
3. Heavy duty cranes are employed in________.
a. Steel plants and ore handling plants
b. Powerhouse and pumping stations
c. Automobile workshops
d. Both (a) and (b)
4. In case of centrifugal pumps the starting torque is usually_______.
a. Double of running torque
b. Slightly higher than running torque
c. Same as running torque
d. Less than running torque

5. The size of an excavator is usually expressed in terms of _______.
a. Angle of swing
b. Travel in meters
c. m3
d. Crowd motion
6. The range of rating of electric motor used for rolling mills is of the order
of________.
a. 10 to 25 kW
b. 25 to 85 kW
c. 85 to 400 kW
d. 400 to 1,000 kW
7. If the liquid to be pumped has relative density of 1.25, the output power required
in comparison to that required for pumping water in case of centrifugal pump will
be_________.
a. 0.8 times
b. 1.25 times
c. 15 times
d. Same times
8. The load torque decreases with the increase in speed in case of______.
a. Blowers, fans, centrifugal pumps
b. Lathes, boring machines, milling machines
c. Hoist winches, machine tool feed mechanism
d. Both (b) and (c)
9. In synthetic fiber mills motors with_______.
a. High starting torque are preferred
b. Low starting torque are required
c. Constant speeds are required
d. Variable speeds are required
10. In case of kiln drives, starting torque is__________.
a. Almost zero
b. Almost equal to running torque
c. Almost root 2 times of the running torque
d. More than double of the running torque

11. The diameter of the rotor shaft for an electric motor depends upon________.
a. Speed only
b. Power output only
c. Speed and power output
d. Speed, power output and power factor
12. Which one of the following is not necessarily the advantage of dc motors over ac
motors ?
a. Low cost
b. Excellent torque and speed operating characteristics
c. Flexible speed control
13. An electric train employing a dc series motor is running at a fixed speed, when a
sudden slight drop in the mains voltage occurs. This would result in________.
a. Drop in speed with current unaltered
b. Rise in speed and rise in current
c. Rise in speed and drop in current
d. Drop in speed and rise in current

14. A dc series motor is used for an overhauling load. It can word stably if________.
a. A diverter is put across the field
b. A resistor is put in series with the machine
c. The field winding is reversed
d. The armature is shunted by a resistor
15. DC series motors are very suitable for heavy duty applications such as electric
railways, rolling mills because of_______.
a. Nearly constant speed
b. Possibility of speed control
c. High starting torque
d. Low initial as well as maintenance cost
16. A flywheel is normally fitted to_________.
a. Differentially compound motor driving pulsed torque load
b. Cumulatively compound motor driving pulsed torque load
c. Separately excited dc motor driving pulsed torque load
d. DC series motor driving a constant torque load
17. Which motor should not be used for centrifugal pumps ?

a. Differentially compound
b. Cumulatively compound
c. Series
d. Shunt
18. For continuously running rolling mills with intermittent loading, the most
suitable dc drive is_________.
a. DC cumulatively compound motor
b. DC differentially compound motor
c. DC shunt motor
d. DC series motor
19. For quick speed reversal the motor preferred is________.
a. Synchronous motor
b. Slip-ring induction motor
c. Squirrel cage induction motor
d. DC motor
20. The motor, owing to its inherent characteristics, best suited for the rolling
mills is_________.
b. Squirrel cage induction motor
c. DC cumulative compound wound motor
d. DC shunt motor
21. Squirrel cage induction motors with high slip and slip-ring induction motors
develop maximum torque at standstill and are used for_________.
a. Elevators
b. Machine tools
c. Presses and punches
d. All of the above
22. Belted slip-ring induction motor is almost invariably employed for_________.
a. Water pumps
b. Centrifugal blowers
c. Jaw-crushers
d. Conveyors
23. Belted wound induction motors are preferred for________.

a. Water pumps
b. Machine tools
c. Screw pumps
d. Gyratory crushers
24. The pair used for frequency converters is_________.
a. Squirrel cage induction motor and synchronous motor
b. Slip-ring induction motor and synchronous motor
c. Slip-ring induction motor and squirrel cage induction motor
d. All of the above
25. For the same rating, the size of the single-phase induction motor is about_______
that of the corresponding three-phase induction motor.
a. one-third
b. 1.5 times
c. The same as
d. Three times
26. Ward-Leonard controlled dc drives are usually used for _______duty excavators.
a. Light
b. Medium
c. Heavy
For a particular type of motor, the cooling time constant is usually________.
a. Smaller than the heating time constant
b. Greater than the heating time constant
c. Equal to the heating time constant
2. For a particular type of motor, the heating time constant is usually________.
a. Increases with the increase in size
b. Decreases with the increase in size
c. Same for all sizes
3. The heating time constant of a totally enclosed motor is relatively_______.
a. Lower
b. Higher
c. Independent of type of enclosure
4. For a certain industrial application, an overrated ac motor was selected. It will lead to operation
with_________.
a. Higher efficiency and poorer pf
b. Lower efficiency and better pf
c. Higher efficiency and better pf
d. Lower efficiency and poorer pf

5. A flywheel is generally used in________.
a. A sugar centrifuge drive
b. A rolling mill drive
c. A paper mill drive
d. A cement mill drive
6. In overhead travelling cranes_________.
a. Short-time rating motors are used
b. Continuous minimum rating motors are used
c. Continuous rating motors are used
d. Any of the above
7. 15 minute rated motors are suitable for________.
a. Light duty cranes
b. Medium duty cranes
c. Heavy duty cranes
d. All of the above
8. For medium duty cranes the short-time rating motor used is________.
a. 10 minutes
b. 15 minutes
c. 30 minutes
d. One hour
9. The phase controlled rectifiers used in speed control of dc motors converts fixed ac supply voltage
into_______ output voltage.
a. Variable ac
b. Variable dc
c. Full rectified ac
d. Variable frequency ac
10. A four quadrant operation requires________.
a. Two full converters in series
b. Two full converters connected back to back
c. Two full converters connected in parallel
d. Two semi converters connected back to back
11. The following converters can fees power in any of the four quadrants________.
a. Semi-converter
b. Full converter
c. Dual converter
d. Combination of a semi and full converters
12. For speed control of dc motors using controlled rectifiers, armature voltage control gives speed_________.
a. Above rated speed
b. Below rated speed

c. Above as well as below rated speed
13. For the speed control of ac drive, the preferred method using thyristors is_________.
a. Chopper control
b. Integral cycle control
c. Phase control
d. All are equally good
14. The semiconductor device used for speed control of single phase induction motors in every day domestic
use is_________.
a. Power transistor
b. SCR
c. Triac
d. Power MOS
15. Which of the following motor is suitable for driving cranes, hoists, centrifugal pumps, conveyor belt etc. ?
a. DC series motor
b. DC shunt motor
c. DC compound wound motor
d. Any of the above
16. Heavy-duty steel-works cranes having wide load variations are equipped with___________.
a. Synchronous motors
b. Wound rotor induction motors

c. Plain squirrel cage induction motors
d. DC series motor
17. The most suitable motor for a steel mill requiring a motor having high starting torque, wide spread range
and precise speed control is_______.
a. DC shunt motor
b. DC series motor
c. Wound rotor induction motor
d. Plain squirrel cage induction motors
18. For automatic drives the preferences is for__________.
a. Synchronous motors
b. Ward-Leonard controlled dc shunt motors
c. Plain squirrel cage induction motors
19. The type of motor that can be used for hoisting machinery is________.
a. DC compound motor
b. Ward-Leonard controlled dc shunt motor
d. Any of the above
20. The motor normally used for crane travel is_________.
a. Plain squirrel cage induction motor
b. DC differentially compounded motor
d. Wound rotor induction motor
21. The drive, that can be used for derricks and winches is_________.
a. DC shunt motor with Ward-Leonard control
b. AC slip-ring induction motor with variable resistance
c. Pole-changing squirrel cage induction motor
d. Any of the above
22. Ward-Leonard controlled dc drives are generally used for_______ duty excavators.
a. Heavy
b. Medium
c. Light
d. None of these
23. The motor suitable for a reciprocating pump required to start under load is__________.
a. Double-squirrel cage induction motor
b. Plain squirrel cage induction motor
d. DC shunt motor
24. A pole-changing squirrel cage induction motor employed in derricks has four, eight and twenty four poles.
The medium speed is used in__________.
a. Lifting
b. Lowering
c. Hoisting
d. Landing the load
25. A pole-changing squirrel cage induction motor employed in derricks has four, eight and twenty four poles.
The lowest speed is used in__________.
a. Lifting
b. Lowering
c. Hoisting
d. Landing the load
26. Motor preferred for kiln drive is usually________.
a. Ward-Leonard controlled dc shunt motors
b. Cascaded controlled ac motor
d. Any of the above
The motor used in mines is_________.
a. DC shunt motor
b. DC series motor
c. Flame-proof squirrel cage induction or wound rotor motor
d. Any of the above
2. The motor used in punches, presses and shears is_______.
a. DC series or shunt motors
b. High slip squirrel cage or wound rotor induction motor
c. DC cumulative compound motor

d. Both (b) and (c)
3. A domestic mixer uses the following motor__________.
a. Permanent magnet synchronous motor
b. Universal motor
c. Reluctance motor
d. Induction motor
4. A perfect black body is one which________.
a. Absorbs all incident radiations
b. Reflects all incident radiations
c. Transmits all incident radiations
d. All of the above
5. For the transmission of heat from one body to another it is essential that________.
a. At least one of the bodies has some source of heating
b. Both bodies are in contact
c. The two bodies are at different radiations
d. Both bodies are solids
6. Heat is transferred simultaneously by conduction, convection and radiation___________.
a. Through the surface of the insulated pipe carrying steam
b. Inside boiler furnaces
c. From refrigerator coils to refrigerator freezer

d. During melting of ice
7. The highest value of thermal conductivity is for__________.
a. Aluminium
b. Brass
c. Copper
d. Iron
8. The highest value of thermal conductivity is for____________.
a. Steam
b. Melting ice
c. Solid ice
d. Water
9. The thermal conductivity will be highest in case of____________.
a. Concrete having 0.4% reinforcement
b. Concrete having 10% moisture by volume
c. Concrete having 10% moisture by volume and 0.4% reinforcement
d. Dry concrete
10. A body reflecting entire radiations incidenting on it is called the _______.
a. Transparent body
b. Black body
c. Gray body
d. White body
11. The insulating material suitable for low temperature applications is________.
a. The position of the heater
b. The surface area of the heater
c. The temperature of heating element above the surroundings
d. All of the above
12. The material of the heating element should be_________.
a. Of high temperature coefficient
b. Of low melting point
c. Of low resistivity
d. Such that it may withstand the required temperature without getting oxidised
13. The material to be used for heating element should be of high resistivity so as to_________.
a. Increase the life of heating element
b. Reduce the effect of oxidation
c. Reduce the length of heating element
d. Produce large amount of heat
14. The material to be used for heating element should be of low temperature coefficient so as
to_________.
a. Avoid the initial rush of current

b. Reduce the effect of oxidation
c. Avoid change in kW rating with temperature
d. Both (a) and (c)
15. Which of the following heating element will have the least temperature range ?
a. Kanthal
b. Nichrome
c. Silicon carbon
d. Eureka
16. Which of the following element can give highest temperature in resistance heating ?
a. Nickel-Cr-Fe alloy
b. Copper
c. Silicon carbide
d. Nichrome
17. For radiant heating around 2,000*C the heating elements used should be of material_________.
a. Stainless
b. Carbon
c. Copper alloy
d. Tungsten alloy
18. In an electric press, mica is used__________.
a. For improvement of power factor

b. As an insulator
c. For dielectric heating
d. For induction heating
19. Maximum operating voltage is limited__________.
a. From safety consideration
b. By electrical insulation at high temperature
c. To 600 V
d. All of the above
20. In a resistance furnace, the temperature is controlled by_________.
a. Variation of resistance of heating circuit
b. Variation of operating voltage
c. Switching on and off the supply periodically
d. All of the above
21. For temperature control in resistance furnaces resistance variation can be affected by
connecting resistance elements in__________.
a. Series-parallel
b. Series
c. Parallel
d. Star or delta
e. Any of the above

22. The simplest and most commonly used method for temperature control is_________.
a. Transformer tappings
b. Use of variable number of heating elements
c. Change of connections of heating circuit
d. External series resistance in the heating circuit
23. The device necessarily used for automatic temperature control in a furnace is___________.
a. Thermostat
b. Auto-transformer
c. Thermocouple
d. Any of the above
24. Control of power input to salt-bath furnace is affected by_________.
a. Varying the depth of immersion of electrodes
b. Varying the distance between the electrodes
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of (a) and (b)
25. The temperature inside a furnace is usually measured by________.
a. Optical pyrometer
b. Alcohol thermometer
c. Mercury thermometer
d. Any of the above

26. In a resistance furnace the atmosphere is _________.
a. Deoxidising
b. Oxidising
c. Neutral
d. Reducing
Radiant heating used for_________.
a. Drying of paints and varnishes
b. Annealing of metals
c. Melting of ferrous metals
d. Any of the above
2. Direct resistance heating is used in___________.
a. Resistance welding
b. Salt-bath furnace
c. Electrode boiler
d. All of the above
3. Resistance ovens used for_________.
a. Vulcanizing and hardening of synthetic materials
b. Drying of vanish coatings, drying and baking of potteries
c. Domestic and commercial heating
d. All of the above

4. The function(s) of an heating chamber is/are to__________.
a. Confine the atmosphere around the charge
b. Store as much of the heat supplied as may be practicable and economical
c. control the cooling rate of the charge and control the distribution of heat within the chamber
d. All of the above
5. For obtaining best result, the infrared lamps should be located from the object to be heated at distance
of_________.
a. 10-20 cm
b. 25-30 cm
c. 40-50 cm
d. 50-60 cm
6. In direct arc furnace which of the following is of high value ?
a. Voltage
b. Current
c. Power factor
d. All of the above
7. The power factor at which the direct arc furnace operates is_______.
a. Low leading
b. Low lagging
c. High leading
d. Unity
8. For arc heating, the electrodes used are made of________.
a. Graphite
b. Aluminium
c. Copper
d. Tungsten
9. In an arc furnace, the choke is provided to________.
a. Improve the power factor
b. Reduce the surge severity
c. Stabilize the arc
d. All of the above
10. It is desirable to operate the are furnace at a power factor of_______.
a. Zero
b. 0.707 lagging
c. 0.707 leading
d. Unity
11. It is desirable to keep the arc length short in order to_________.
a. Have better stirring action and reduce oxidation problem
b. Increase the life of roof refractory

c. have better heating
d. All of the above
12. The arc furnaces of conical shapes have the advantage(s) of ______.
a. Low power consumption
b. Reduced radiation losses
c. Large surface area per unit bath volume
d. All of the above
13. In arc furnace, energy losses that take place in the furnace are______.
a. Losses through escape gasses
b. Losses through walls
c. Losses through water cooling
d. All of the above
14. In submerged arc furnace the power is controlled by________.
a. Varying the spacing between the electrodes
b. Varying the voltage applied to the electrodes
c. Either (a) or (b)
d. Varying the arc length
15. The main application of indirect arc furnace is to melt_________.
a. Steel
b. Iron
c. Non-ferrous metals
16. For power transformers employed for arc furnaces, it is desirable to arrange the furnace and the transformer
in such a way that leads are_______.
a. Shorter in length and placed close together
b. Longer in length and placed close together
c. Shorter in length and placed distant apart
d. In any arrangement
17. In induction heating__________.
a. Heat is produced due to currents induced in the charge by electromagnetic action
b. Magnetic materials can be easily treated in comparison to non-magnetic materials
c. The resistance of the charge must be low and voltage applied must be high in order to produce sufficient
heat
d. All of the above
18. Induction heating takes place in__________.
a. Conducting materials may be magnetic or non-magnetic
b. Conducting but non-magnetic materials
c. Conducting and magnetic materials
d. Insulating materials
19. Induction hardening is possible in case of___________.
a. AC supply only
b. DC supply only
c. Non-conducting materials only
d. Ferrous materials only
20. Low frequency supply is necessary for direct core type induction furnaces because__________.
a. With normal frequency supply the electromagnetic forces cause severe stirring action in the molten metal
b. Magnetic coupling between the primary and secondary circuit is poor
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of (a) (b)
21. In induction heating, which of the following is of high value ?
a. Current
b. Voltage
c. Frequency
d. Power factor
22. Induction furnaces are used for__________.
a. Heating of insulators
b. Heat treatment of castings
c. Melting of aluminium
d. All of the above
23. The advantage(s) of eddy current heating is/are______________.

a. Heat can be made to penetrate into metal surface to any desired depth
b. The area of surface over which heat is produced can be accurately controlled
c. Easy temperature control, little wastage of heat and possibility of heating in vacuum or other special
atmosphere
d. All of the above
24. The supply frequency usually employed for high frequency eddy current heating is____________.
a. 1 kHz
b. 5 kHz
c. 10 kHz to 400 kHz
d. 10 MHz
25. In case of core-loss induction furnace, the charge should be in ________.
a. Molten state
b. Solid state
c. Either of (a) or (b)
26. High frequency induction heating is used for________.
a. Non-ferrous metals only
b. Ferrous metals only
c. Both ferrous and non-ferrous metals
Arc blow results in____________.
a. Splashing out of metal from weld puddle
b. Shallow weld puddle giving rise to weak weld
c. Non-uniform weld beads

d. All of the above defects
2. In an electric welding, major personal hazards are________.
a. Flying sparks
b. Harmful infrared and ultraviolet rays from the arc
c. Weld spatter
d. All of the above
3. In a DC arc welding__________.
a. Both electrode as well as workspace are made -ve
b. Both electrode as well as workspace are made +ve
c. Electrode is made +ve and workplace -ve
d. Electrode is made -ve and workplace +ve
4. The length of arc required depends on__________.
a. Position of welding
b. Kind of electrodes used, its coating and its diameter
c. Magnitude of current used
d. All of the above
5. Overhead welding position is thought to be the most_________.
a. Difficult
b. Useful
c. Economical
d. Hazardous
6. The electrode is coated in order to__________.
a. Prevent atmospheric contamination
b. Provide shielding to weld pool
c. Cleanse the base metal
d. Improve bead quality
7. The purpose of coating on arc welding electrodes is to__________.
a. Stabilise the arc
b. Provide a protective covering
c. Provide slag for protection of the molten metal
d. All of the above
8. Carbon arc welding __________.
a. Is not suitable for vertical and overhead welding
b. Cannot be done with ac supply
c. Uses carbon or graphite rod as a negative electrode and work to be welded as a positive
d. All of the above
9. Carbon arc welding is suitable particularly for________ metals.
a. Ferrous
b. Non-ferrous
c. All
10. Helium produces__________.
a. Deep penetration
b. Narrower heat affected zone in base metal
c. Faster welding speeds
d. All of the above
11. In argon arc welding, argon is used as________.
a. A flux
b. A source of heat
c. A shield to protect the work from oxidation

d. An agent for heat transfer
12. Submerged arc process is characterized by________.
a. Deep penetration
b. Exceptionally smooth beads
c. High welding current
d. All of the above
13. Electrode is not consumed in case of_________.
a. MIG welding
b. Atomic hydrogen arc welding
c. TIG welding
d. All of the above
14. AC welding machine cannot be used for________.
a. Atomic hydrogen welding
b. MIG welding
c. Submerged arc welding
d. Resistance welding
15. Welding leads have_________.
a. High flexibility
b. High current carrying capacity
c. Both (a) and (b)

16. Which of the following is different from the remaining ?
a. MIG welding
b. TIG welding
c. Electro-slag welding
d. Butt welding
17. The danger of electric shock is maximum_________.
a. After welding
b. While inserting electrode into the holder

c. During arcing
d. Before welding
18. In a welded joint poor fusion is on account of __________.
a. Lack of flux
b. Uncleaned metal surface
c. High welding speed
d. Improper current
19. Which of the following uses consumable electrodes ?
a. Laser
b. TIG
c. MIG
20. In welding, weld spatter defect is generally because of too______ during welding.
a. Low current
b. Low voltage
c. High current
d. High voltage
21. Grey iron is usually welded by_______.
a. Arc welding
b. TIG welding
c. Resistance welding
d. Gas welding
22. Steel pipes are manufactured by________.
a. Thermit welding
b. Resistance welding
c. Argon arc welding
d. Arc welding
23. Aircraft body is_________.
a. Spot welded
b. Gas welded
c. Seam welded
d. Rivetted
24. A seamless pipe has__________.
a. Spot welded joint
b. Arc welded joint
c. No joint
25. Light______________.
a. Consists of shooting particles

b. Consists of electromagnetic waves
c. Is a form of electrical energy
d. Is a form of heat energy
26. The sensors in the eye are known as_________.
a. Rodes and cones

b. Wires and nerves
c. Retina and antenna
The colour temperature of daylight is about_________.
a. 100 K
b. 200 K
c. 500 K
d. 600 K
2. Sky appears blue due to__________.
a. Scattering of light over dust particles
b. Refraction
c. Reflection
d. Radiation
3. Colour of light depends upon__________.
a. Velocity of light
b. Wavelength
c. Frequency
d. Both (b) and (c)
4. Luminous flux is __________.
a. Measured in flux
b. The part of light energy, radiation by sun that is received on earth
c. The rate of energy radiation in the form of light waves
5. Glare is caused due to_________.
a. Excessive lighting contrast in the field of vision
b. Excessive luminance
c. Either (a) or (b)
6. A perfect diffuser surface is one that_________.
a. Diffuses all the incident light
b. Absorbs all the incident light
c. Transmits all the incident light
d. All of the above
7. Which of the following material is most commonly used for the filaments in incandescent lamps ?
a. Silver
b. Tantalum
c. Osmium
d. Tungsten
8. Zero watt lamps consumes a power of _______.
a. Zero watt
b. 5-10 watt
c. About 15 W
d. About 25 W
9. The output of a tungsten filament depends on_______.
a. Temperature of filament
b. Size of the lamp
c. Size of the shell
d. All the above
10. An electric bulb, when broken, produces a bang. It is on account of ______.
a. Pressure of air in the bulb
b. Pressure inside is equal to that outside
c. Vacuum inside the bulb
11. Filament lamps normally operate at a power factor of________.
a. 0.5 lagging
b. 0.8 lagging
c. 0.85 leading
d. Unity
12. Which gas is sometimes used in filament lamps ?
a. Krypton
b. Argon
c. Carbon dioxide
d. Nitrogen
13. The gas used in a gas-filled filament lamp is________.
a. Ozone
b. Nitrogen
c. Oxygen
d. Helium
14. In filament lamps, coiled coil filaments are used in________.
a. Higher wattage lamps
b. Low wattage lamps
c. Gas-filled lamps
d. Coloured lamps
15. In electric discharge lamps, light is produced by________.
a. Ionisation in a gas or vapour
b. Cathode ray emission
c. Heating effect of current

d. Magnetic effect of current
16. Glow lamps__________.
a. Cannot withstand shocks
b. Draw more power
c. Have cold cathode
d. Have hot cathode
17. When a sodium vapour lamp is switched on, initially the colour is_______.
a. Blue
b. Yellow
c. Pink
d. Red
18. An auto-transformer used with a sodium vapour lamp should have________.
a. High resistance
b. High leakage reactance
c. High step-down ratio
d. High step-up ratio
19. Phosphor zinc silicate produces light of________.
a. Yellow colour
b. Red colour
c. Green colour
d. Pink colour
20. A mercury vapour lamp gives light of _________.
a. Red colour
b. Greenish-blue colour
c. Yellow colour
d. Pink colour
21. Neon lamps__________.
a. Are used as indicator lamps, night lamps, for determination of polarity of dc mains
b. Have power consumption of the order of 5 watts
c. Are of the size of ordinary incandescent lamps
d. All the above
22. In neon signs argon gas is used to give_________.
a. Green colour
b. Pink colour
c. Blue colour
d. Red colour
23. Neon tubes are widely used for_________.
a. Airport lighting
b. Road signaling
c. Indoor lighting
d. Advertising
24. The vapour discharge tube used for domestic light has________.
a. No filament
b. Four filaments
c. Two filaments
d. One filament
25. A stabilising choke is connected in the fluorescent tube circuit so as to __________.
a. Avoid radio-interference
b. Act as a starter
c. Act as a ballast in operating conditions and provide a voltage impulse for starting
d. Reduce the flicker
26. A capacitor is connected across the fluorescent tube circuit in order to __________.
a. Improve the power factor of the tube circuit
b. Limit the current
c. Eliminate the noise
d. All the above
Sometimes the wheels of the rotating machinery, in fluorescent tube lighting, appear to be stationary. This is
due to________.
a. Stroboscopic effect
b. Light fluctuation
c. luminescence effect
d. All of the above

2. The flicker effect of fluorescent lamps is more pronounced at_______.
a. Higher voltages
b. Higher frequencies
c. Lower frequencies
d. Lower voltages
3. The frequency of flickers in a fluorescent tube operating at 220 V, 50 Hz supply is__________.
a. 25 per second
b. 50 per second
c. 100 per second
d. 200 per second
4. Standard wattage of 1 m fluorescent tube is___________.
a. 25 W
b. 65 W
c. 80 W
d. 100 W
5. Radio-interference from a fluorescent tube can be reduced by________.
a. Putting two tubes in parallel
b. Connecting a small capacitor across starter terminals
c. Eliminating choke
d. Any of the above
6. In a mercury vapour lamp light, red objects appear black. This is on account of__________.
a. Absorption of red light by the lamp
b. Absence of red light from lamp radiations
c. High wavelength of red colour
d. Colour mixing
7. Blinking of fluorescent tube may be on account of__________.
a. Defective starter
b. Loose contact
c. Low circuit voltage
d. Any of the above
8. The cost of fluorescent tube is more than that of an incandescent lamp on account of_________.
a. More labour required
b. More quantity of glass in the tube
c. More components in the tube
d. Any of the above
9. The lamp that gives nearly ultraviolet light is___________.
a. Argon gas filled filament lamp
b. Vacuum type filament lamp
c. Carbon arc lamp

d. All of the above
10. For the same wattage the cheapest lamp is_________.
a. Fluorescent lamp
b. Halogen lamp
c. GLS lamp
d. Sodium vapour lamp
11. The lamp that causes radio-interference is__________.
a. Mercury vapour lamp
b. Halogen lamp
c. Fluorescent tube
d. All of the above
12. The lamp that cannot be used for dimming is_________.
a. GLS lamp
b. Fluorescent lamp
c. Cold cathode lamp
d. All of the above
13. Floodlighting is not used for_________.
a. Aesthetic purposes
b. Advertising purposes
c. Industrial purposes
d. Any of the above
14. Illumination due to moon light is about___________.
a. 0.03 lumen/m2
b. 0.3 lumen/m2
c. 30-50 lumen/m2
d. 300-500 lumen/m2
15. Materials used for copper plating are________.
a. Copper nitrate and sulphuric acid
b. Copper carbonate and ammonium carbonate
c. Copper sulphate and nitric acid
d. Copper sulphate and sulphuric acid
16. In a refrigeration cycle, the flow of refrigerant is controlled by_________.
a. Evaporator
b. Condenser
c. Expansion valve
d. Compressor
17. ________ is used as refrigerant in a vapour absorption refrigerator.
a. Sulphur dioxide
b. Water
c. Freon
d. Aqua ammonia
18. Ammonia is preferred as a refrigeration in large commercial installation because_________.
a. It has low latent heat
b. It is relatively cheap
c. It has a low working pressure
d. It is non-toxic
19. In a vapour absorption system lithium bromide is used as______.
a. Cooling substance
b. Absorbent
c. Lubricant
d. Refrigerant
20. Which of the following motors is used in household refrigerators ?
b. Single phase induction motor
c. Reluctance motor
d. DC shunt motor
21. In a refrigerator, defrosting may be done by_________.
a. Placing trays of warm waters in the refrigerator
b. Stopping the compressor for a while
c. Opening the door of the refrigerator
d. Any of the above
22. Air-conditioning is the simultaneous control of _______ in a confined space.
a. Temperature, humidity, purity and movement of air
b. Air movement
c. Humidity
d. Temperature
23.______is a process which is generally used for summer air-conditioning.
a. Heating and dehumidification
b. Adiabatic cooling
c. Chemical dehumidification
d. Cooling with dehumidification
24. Air is dehumidified by________.
a. Chemical absorption
b. Cooling
c. Heating
d. Both (a) and (b)
25. Compared to individual systems, the central type air-conditioning system has________ overall efficiency.
a. Unpredictable
b. Same
c. Lower
d. Higher
26. Main traction systems used in India are those using________ locomotives.
a. Electric
b. Diesel-electric
c. Diesel engine
d. Steam engine
e. All of the above
https://engineeringinterviewquestions.com/mcqs-on-braking-of-dc-motors-2-answers/
https://www.morningexam.com/electrical/dc-motor-mcq-objective-questions-and-answers-page-
5/
https://www.allexamreview.com/electrical-engineering-important-mcq-dc_23/
7/7/2021 Types of Starters in Three Phase Induction Motor - MCQs with Answers
Prepare Practice
Interview Aptitude Reasoning English GD Placement papers HR Current affairs

TypesMCA
Engineering of Starters
MBA intest
Online Three
LoginPhase
Induction Motor - MCQs with MCQs English TutorialsDownload

Answers
Topics >> Electrical Engineering >>
Electrical - Induction Machines -06/05/15
« Previous Next »
Lookin
after 1
In these u
Related Topics
the only th
full-time jo Electrical - Induction
Machines
HCL Apply now
Electrical - D.C.
Machines
Electrical Measurements
Types of Starters in Three Phase & Units
Induction Motor - MCQs with Answers
Power Systems -
Electrical Power
Generation
Q1. While using stator resistance starter with 3 phase
Power Systems -
induction motor, the resistances of the starter are kept
Switchgear and
at Protection
Electrical Machines -
a. Maximum Transformer
b. Minimum
c. Half of the maximum value
d. None of these
ANSWER: a. Maximum
▲
https://www.careerride.com/view/types-of-starters-in-three-phase-induction-motor-mcqs-with-answers-22799.aspx 1/6
Prepare Practice
Q2. When stator resistances are starter is used, the
factor by which stator voltage reduces is say x. If x<1,
then due
Interview to stator
Aptitude resistanceEnglish
Reasoning starter, the
GDstarting
Placement papers HR Current affairs
torque MCA
Engineering MBA Online test Login
a. Increases by fraction x
b. Reduces by fraction x ∧ 2
c. Reduces by fraction x
d. Increases by fraction x ∧ 2
ANSWER: b. Reduces by fraction x ∧ 2
Q3. An autotransformer starter is suitable for
a. Star connected induction motor

b. Delta connected induction motor
c. Both (a) & (b)
d. None of these
Q4. The cheapest starter for induction motor is
a. Stator resistance starter

b. Autotransformer starter
c. Star-delta starter
d. Rotor resistance starter
ANSWER: c. Star-delta starter

▲
Prepare Practice
Q5. Windings of star-delta starter while starting and
during running are connected in
Interview Aptitude Reasoning English GD Placement papers HR Current affairs
a. Star, delta
Engineering MCA MBA Online test Login
b. Delta, delta
c. Star, star
d. Delta, star
ANSWER: a. Star, delta
Q6. The advantages of star-delta starter over other

types of starter is
a. Cheapest of all
b. Maintenance free
c. Both (a) & (b)
d. None of these
Q7. When rotor resistance starter is used with

induction motor then
a. Only starting current is limited

b. Only starting torque is limited
c. Both starting current and starting torque are limited
d. Neither starting current nor starting torque is limited
ANSWER: c. Both starting current and starting torque are

limited ▲
Prepare Practice
Q8. Direct online starter also called D.O.L. starter is

used Aptitude
Interview for motorsReasoning
having capacity
English GD Placement papers HR Current affairs
Engineering MCA MBA Online test Login
a. Less than 5 h.p.
b. Less than 10 h.p.
c. Greater than 10 h.p.
d. For any capacity motor
ANSWER: a. Less than 5 h.p.
Q9. The NO contact and NC contact of D.O.L. starter is

normally
a. Open, closed
b. Closed, open
c. Open, open
d. Closed, closed
ANSWER: a. Open, closed
Q10. A 3 phase induction motor in a short circuit

current is equal 3 times of the full load current. If the
full load slip is 2%, then the starting torque as a
percentage of full load torque is
a. 6% of full load torque

b. 18% of full load torque
c. 36% of full load torque
d. None of these

▲
ANSWER: b. 18% of full load torque

Prepare Practice
Interview Aptitude
Q11. In Reasoningto avoid
textile machines, English GD ofPlacement
breaking threads, papers HR Current affairs
Engineering MCA areMBA
soft starters Online
used. The test
commonly Login
used method in
soft starter is
a. Direct online method

b. Star-delta method
c. Thyristor voltage controller method
d. Thyristor current controller method
ANSWER: c. Thyristor voltage controller method
« Previous Next »
Post your comment

Discussion
RE: Types of Starters in Three Phase Induction Motor -
MCQs with Answers -Jayendra (12/28/15)
It is very interesting to update knowledge.
Related Content
Types of Starters in Three

Phase Induction Motor -
MCQs with...
Different Types of Single ▲
MCQs with ...

Working Principle of Single Prepare Practice
MCQs wit...
Interview Speed ControlReasoning
Aptitude in Three English GD Placement papers HR Current affairs
EngineeringMCQs
MCA MBA
with Ans... Online test Login
Induction Generators -
MCQs with Answers
Deep Bar & Double Cage
Rotor in Three Phase
Induction Motor ...
Circle Diagram in Three
MCQs with An...
Crawling & Cogging in
Induction Motor - MCQs with
Answers
Effect of Harmonics on
Performance of Three
Phase Induction ...
Losses in the Induction
Motor - MCQs with Answers
Torque Ratios in Three
MCQs with Ans...
Torque-Slip Characteristics
in Three Phase Induction
Motor -...
Condition for Maximum
Torque in Three Phase
Induction Motor ...
Working Principle & Slip of
Three Phase Induction
Motor - MC...
Squirrel Cage & Slip Ring
Rotor in 3 phase induction
motor -...
Home About us Contact us Terms of use Ask Us Follow us on Facebook!
© Copyright 2016. All Rights Reserved.
▲
MCQ: In textile machines, to avoid breaking of threads, soft starters are used. The
commonly used method in soft starter is
A. Direct online method
B. Star-delta method
C. Thyristor voltage controller method
D. Thyristor current controller method
Answer: C
Explanation:
No explanation is available for this question!
A differential relay comparator used for the protection of three phase transformers
has
A. One comparator
B. Two comparator
C. Three comparator
D. Six comparator
Ans c
In double delta transformation, a double delta refers to the case where there are two
delta transformations in
A. Parallel
B. Series
C. Both series and parallel
D. Neither series nor parallel
Ans. B
Most familiar application of zig - zag transformer is as

A. Ground reference on an ungrounded system
B. Converting single phase to two phase
C. Reducing harmonics
D. All of these
Ans. A
In a single phase, full wave bridge circuit and in three phase, delta full wave bridge
circuit, the ripple voltage frequency is always
A. Twice the line frequency, six times the line frequency
B. Both will be twice the line frequency
C. Both will be six times the lines frequency
D. None of these
Ans B
In Scott connection, the voltage across the teaser leads the mains by
A. 30 degree
B. 60 degree
C. 90 degree
D. 120 degree
Ans C
21. The disadvantage of starting an induction motor with a star-delta starter is that
a) The starting torque is one-third of the torque in case of delta connection

b) During starting high losses result
c) The starting torque increases and the motor runs with jerks
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
22. Squirrel cage induction motor has
a) Zero starting torque

b) Very small starting torque
d) Very high starting torque
Ans: (b)
23. Improvement of the power factor in an induction motor results in
a) Decreased torque
b) Increased torque
c) Increased torque current
d) Increased torque and decreased current due to increased impedance
Ans: (d)
24. The purpose of blades in a squirrel cage induction motor is
a) To reduce the magnetic resistance of the rotor

b) To cool the rotor
c) To reduce the electrical resistance of rotor cage
d) None of these
Ans: (b)
25. Which of the following function is served by the resistance placed in parallel with one
phase of three-phase induction motor?
a) Smooth starting
b) Higher starting torque
c) Higher maximum torque
d) Higher reduced starting torque
Ans: (a)
26. Which of the following is the advantage of double squirrel cage rotor as compared to the
round bar cage rotor?
a) Large slip
b) Lower starting torque
d) Higher efficiency
Ans: (b)
27. The rotor output of an induction motor is 15 kW and the slip is 4%. Then the rotor copper
loss is
a) 600 watts
b) 300 watts
c) 700 watts
d) 1200 watts
Ans: (a)
28. On open circuiting the rotor of a squirrel cage induction motor, the rotor
a) Makes noise
b) Does not run
c) Does not run
d) Runs at dangerously high speed
Ans: (c)
29. Number of different speed that can be obtained from two induction motors in cascade is
a) 6
b) 4
c) 3
d) 2
Ans: (b)
30. The drawback of speed control of a slip ring induction motor with the help of resistance
in the circuit is that
a) It is applicable only to motors having power of more than 100 kW

b) It results in high losses
c) With reduction in speed, the torque decreases significantly
d) The speed can be controlled only very broadly
Ans: (b)
Advantage of slip ring induction motor over squirrel cage induction motor is
a) Suitability of high speeds

b) Higher efficiency
d) That it can be started using factor resistance
Ans: (d)
32. In an induction motor, the rotor input is 600 W and slip is 4%. The rotor copper loss is
a) 700 W
b) 625 W
c) 600 W
d) 650 W
Ans: (b)
33. The starting torque of a cage rotor induction motor can be increased by using rotor having
a) Low inductance and low resistance

b) Low inductance and high resistance
c) High inductance and high resistance
d) High inductance and low resistance
Ans: (c)
34. For smooth starting of three-phase squirrel cage induction motor, the starting method
preferred is
a) Rotor resistance
b) Star-delta
c) Auto-transformer
d) Stator resistance
Ans: (c)
35. Large air gap in an induction motor results in
a) Reduced noise
b) Reduced pulsation losses
c) Better cooling
d) Increased overload capacity
Ans: (b)
36. The power factor of star connected induction motor is 0.5. On being connected in delta,
the power factor will?
a) Increase
b) Reduce
c) Remain the same
d) Become zero
Ans: (b)
37. Simplest method of eliminating the harmonic induction torque is

a) Integral slot winding
b) Chording
c) Skewing
d) None of these
Ans: (b)
38. Any odd harmonic in the current of an induction motor will result in magnetic field which
a) Is stationary relative to the field of the fundamental

b) Rotates in forward direction at the harmonic speed
c) Rotates in backward direction
d) Oscillates at harmonic frequency
Ans: (c)
39. The drive generally used for lathe machines are
a) Dc shunt motors
b) Slip ring induction motors
c) Synchronous motors
d) Squirrel cage induction motors
Ans: (d)
40. Cogging of motor implies that motor
a) Refuses to start at load

b) Refuses to start at no load
c) Runs at low speed and then stops
d) Runs at very low speed
Ans: (b)
41. Motor commonly used for traction purpose is
a) Induction motor
b) Dc series motor
c) Dc shunt motor
Ans: (b)
42. In a double cage induction motor, the inner cage has
a) Low R and low X

b) Low R and high X
c) High R and high X
d) High R and low X
Ans: (b)
43. Maximum power developed in a synchronous motor occurs at a coupling angle of
a) 0°
b) 60°
c) 90°
d) 120°
Ans: (c)
44. The back emf set up in the stator of synchro-nous motor depends on
a) Speed of the rotor

b) Input to prime mover
c) Rotor excitation
d) Coupling angle
Ans: (c)
45. The speed of a three-phase cage-rotor induction motor depends on
a) Number of pole alone

b) Frequency of the supply alone
c) Input voltage
d) Number of poles and frequency of supply
Ans: (d)
46. Synchronous induction motors are mostly used for driving
a) Rotary compressors
b) Cranes
c) Lathe machines
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
47.Dispersion coefficient o is the ratio of
a) Magnetizing current to ideal short circuit current

b) Magnetizing current to supply voltage
c) Open circuit voltage to short circuit current for the same excitation
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
48. The noise and tooth pulsation losses may be reduced by using
a) Large number of open slots in stator

b) Large number of narrow slots in stator
c) small number of open slots in stator
d) Small number of narrow slots in stator
Ans: (b)
49. The faction slip of an induction motor is to ratio
a) Rotor Cu loss/rotor input

b) Rotor Cu loss/rotor output
c) stator Cu loss/stator input
d) Rotor Cu loss/stator Cu loss
Ans: (a)
50. When a 3-phase synchronous motor is switched on, three exists a rotating magnetic field.
The magnitude of this field flux
a) Varies with power factor
b) Varies with load
c) Is constant at all loads
d) None of these
Ans: (c)
51. The complete circuit diagram of a 3-phase induction motor can be drawn with
the help of
a) Block rotor test alone.

b) Running-light and blocked-rotor and stator-resistance tests
c) Both running-light and blocked-rotor tests
d) Running-light test alone
Ans: (b)
52. Which of the following motors is most suitable for best speed control?
a) Dc shunt motor
b) Dc series motor
c) Induction motor
Ans: (a)
53. A SCIM runs at constant speed only so long as
a) Stator flux remains constant

b) Its torque exactly equals the mechanical load
c) Its supply voltage remains constant
d) Torque developed by it remains constant
Ans: (b)
54. If the frequency of input power to an induction motor increases, the rotor copper loss
a) Decreases
b) Increases
c) Remains the same
d) None of these
Ans: (b)
55. The synchronous speed of a linear induction motor does NOT depend on
a) Width of pole pitch

b) Number of poles
c) Supply frequency
d) Any of the above
Ans: (a)
56. The stator frame in an induction motor is used
a) To provide ventilation to the armature

b) To protect the whole machine
c) To hole the armature stampings/stator
d) As a return path for the flux
Ans: (d)
57.If the stator voltage and frequency of an induction motor are reduced proportionately, its
a) Locked rotor current is reduced

b) Torque developed is increased
c) Magnetizing current is decreased
d) Both (a) and (b)
Ans: (d)
58. Motor A has deeper and narrow slots, whereas motor B. It has shallow and wide slots.
Induction motor A, as compared to motor B, has
a) More operating slip

b) Lass starting torque
c) More pull-out torque
d) More starting torque
Ans: (b)
59. If a single phase motor runs hot. The probable cause may be
a) Overload
b) Low voltage
c) High voltage
d) Amu pf the above
Ans: (d)
60. Which of the following single phase motors is relatively free from mechanical and
magnetic vibration?
a) Reluctance motor
b) Hysteresis motor
c) Universal motor
d) Shaded pole motor
Ans: (b)
61. Single phase induction motor can be made self-starting by
a) Adding series combination of capacitor and auxiliary winding in parallel with the
main winding
b) Adding an auxiliary winding in parallel with the main winding
c) Adding an auxiliary winding in series with a capacitor and the main winding
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
62. Which of the following single phase motors does not have constant speed characteristic?
a) Reluctance motor
b) Hysteresis motor
c) Universal motor
d) All of the above
Ans: (c)
63. For the same rating which of the following motors has the highest starting torque?
a) Universal motor
b) Split phase motor
c) Synchronous motor
d) All have identical starting torque
Ans: (a)
64. All single phase motors have
a) Large starting torque

b) Zero starting torque
d) Very small starting torque
Ans: (b)
65. If a single phase motor fails to start, the probable cause may be
a) Open circuit in auxiliary winding

b) Open circuit in many winding
c) Blown fuses
d) Any of the above
Ans: (d)
66. Single phase motors generally get overheated due to
a) Overloading
b) Short winding
c) Bearing troubles
d) Any of above
Ans: (d)
67. The speed of the split phase induction motor can be reversed by reversing the leads of
a) Auxiliary winding
b) Mani winding
c) Either (a) or (b)
d) Speed can not be reversed
Ans: (c)
68. If a single phase motor runs slow, it may be due to
a) Overload
b) Low frequency
c) Low voltage
d) Any of these
Ans: (d)
69. A capacitor start single phase induction motor will usually have power factor of
a) Units
b) 0.6 leading
c) 0.8 leading
d) 0.6 lagging
Ans: (d)
70. Which of the following single phase motors is cheapest?
a) Capacitor run motor

b) Capacitor start motor
c) Reluctance motor
d) All have almost the same cost
Ans: (b)
1.At zero in an induction motor
a) Motor runs as a generator

b) Motor does not run
c) The motor runs an at synchronous speed
d) Slip produced is zero
Ans: (b)
2. In an induction motor, rotor slots are usually not quite parallel to the shaft but are given a
slight skew
a) To reduce the magnetic hum

b) To reduce the locking tendency of the rotor
d) To increase the speed of the motor
Ans: (c)
3. The field of an induction motor rotor rotates relative to the stator at
a) Rotor speed
b) Synchronous speed
c) Slip speed
d) Very low speed
Ans: (b)
4. In an induction motor, rotor runs at a speed
a) Equal to the speed of stator field

b) Lower than the speed of stator field
c) Higher than the speed of stator field
d) Having no relation with the speed of stator field
Ans: (b)
5. Starters are used in induction motor because
a) Its starting torque is high

b) It is run against heavy load
c) It can not run in reverse direction
d) Its starting current is five times or more than its rated current
Ans: (d)
6. When an induction motor runs at rated load and speed, the iron losses are
a) Negligible
b) Very heavy
c) Independent of supply frequency
d) Independent of supply voltage
Ans: (a)
7. By synchronous wattage of an induction motor is meant
a) Stator input in watts

b) Rotor output in watts
c) Rotor input in watts
d) Shaft output in watts
Ans: (c)
8. The emf induced in the rotor of an induction motor is proportional to
a) Voltage applied to stator

b) Relative velocity between flux and rotor conductors
d) Slip
Ans: (c)
9. The synchronous speed of an induction motor is defined as
a) Natural speed at which a magnetic field rotates

b) The speed of a synchronous motor
c) The speed of an induction motor at no load
d) None of these
Ans: (a)
10. The starting torque of an indication motor is maximum when

a) Rotor resistance equals rotor reactance
b) Rotor resistance is twice the rotor reactance
c) Rotor resistance is half the rotor reactance
d) Rotor resistance is R2 times the rotor reactance
Ans: (a)

page-2
application
Ans: (a)

Ans: (d)

Ans: (a)
c) Dc supply
Ans: (c)
a) Increases
b) Decreases
c) Remains constant
Ans: (b)

Ans: (a)

Ans: (a)
b) Stop
d) None of these
Ans: (c)

Ans: (d)

d) None of these
Ans: (c)

page-2
application
Ans: (a)

Ans: (d)

Ans: (a)
c) Dc supply
Ans: (c)
a) Increases
b) Decreases
c) Remains constant
Ans: (b)

Ans: (a)

Ans: (a)

b) Stop
d) None of these
Ans: (c)

Ans: (d)

d) None of these
Ans: (c)
1.
Which is of the following data is required to draw the circle

diagram for an induction motor?
A. Block rotor test only
B. No load test only
C. Block rotor test and no-load test
D. Block rotor test, no-load test and stator resistance test
Answer & Solution Discuss in Board Save for Later
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option D
No explanation is given for this question Let's Discuss on Board
2.
Slip rings are usually made of
A. Copper
B. Carbon
C. Phosphor bronze
D. Aluminium

Answer & Solution
Answer: Option C
3.
The starting torque of a three phase induction motor can

be increased by
A. Increasing slip
B. Increasing current
C. Both (A) and (B)
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option C
4.
Rotor rheostat control method of speed control is used for
A. Squirrel-cage induction motors only
B. Slip ring induction motors only
C. Both (A) and (B)

Answer & Solution
Answer: Option B
5.
The stating torque of the slip ring induction motor can be

increased by adding
A. External inductance to the rotor
B. External resistance to the rotor
C. External capacitance to the rotor
D. Both resistance and inductance to rotor
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option B
A. Two rotors moving in opposite direction
B. Two parallel windings in stator
C. Two parallel windings in rotor
D. Two series windings in stator
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option C

7.
The term 'cogging' is associated with
A. Three-phase transformers
B. Compound generators
C. D.C. series motors
D. Induction motors
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option D
8.
In medium sized induction motors, the slip is generally

around
A. 0.04 %
B. 0.4 %
C. 4%
D. 14 %
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option C

9.
Blocked rotor test on induction motors is used to find out
A. Leakage reactance
B. Power factor on short circuit
C. Short-circuit current under rated voltage
D. All of the above
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option D
10.
A 3-phase induction motor stator delta connected, is

carrying full load and one of its fuses blows out. Then the
motor
A. Will continue running burning its one phase
B. Will continue running burning its two phases
C. Will stop and carry heavy current causing permanent damage to its winding
D. Will continue running without any harm to the winding
Answer & Solution
Answer: Option A
No explanation is given for this questio

Q1. The method which can be used for the speed control of induction motor
from stator side is
a. V / f control
b. Controlling number of stator poles to control Ns
c. Adding rheostats in stator circuit
d. All of these
ANSWER: d. All of these
Q2. The consequent pole method used for controlling the number of poles can
be used for
a. Only squirrel cage type motors

b. Only slip ring induction motor
c. For both squirrel cage and slip ring induction motor
d. None of these
ANSWER: a. Only squirrel cage type motors
Q3. The best suited method for smooth speed control by controlling number of
poles is
a. Consequent poles method

b. Multiple stator winding method
c. Pole amplitude modulation method
d. None of these
ANSWER: c. Pole amplitude modulation method
Q4. In pole amplitude modulation method for controlling number of poles,

practically, the wave used for modulation is
a. Square wave
b. Triangular wave
c. Saw tooth wave
d. Sinusoidal wave

ANSWER: a. Square wave
Q5. In cumulatively cascade method for speed controlling, if PA is the number

of poles of main motor and PB is the number of poles of auxiliary method. Then
the speed of the rotor B is given by
a. 120f / PA + PB
b. 120f / PA - PB
c. 120f / PA
d. 120f / PB
ANSWER: a. 120f / PA + PB
Q6. In cascade control method, the set cannot be operated if
a. PA > PB
b. PA < PB
c. PA = PB
d. None of these
ANSWER: c. PA = PB
Q7. Kramer system for controlling the speed of 3 phase induction motor is
mostly used for motors of
a. Above 4000 kW
b. Below 4000 kW
c. Below 3000 kW
d. None of these
ANSWER: a. Above 4000 kW
Q8. The disadvantages of scherbius system used for speed controlling in 3

phase induction motor is
a. It cannot be used for slip ring induction motors

b. It cannot be used for squirrel cage induction motors
c. It can be used for large induction motors
d. None of these
ANSWER: b. It cannot be used for squirrel cage induction motors

Q1. Single phase induction motors are
a. Self starting
b. Not self starting
ANSWER: b. Not self starting
Q2. According to double revolving field theory, any alternating quantity can be
resolved into two rotating components. The directions and magnitude of these
components are
a. Same directions, each having magnitude equal to the maximum magnitude of

alternating current
b. Opposite directions, each having magnitude equal to the maximum magnitude of
alternating current
c. Opposite directions, each having magnitude half of the maximum magnitude of
alternating current
d. Same directions, each having magnitude half of the maximum magnitude of
alternating current
ANSWER: c. Opposite directions, each having magnitude half of the maximum

magnitude of alternating current
1. Which of the following is the best braking method?
a) Friction
b) Electromechanical action
c) Eddy-currents
d) Electric braking
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Braking methods based on friction, electromechanical action, eddy-
currents, etc. are independent of the motor but sometimes electric braking is better
justified owing to its greater economy and absence of brake wear.
2. DC motor is still widely used in tractions due to its excellent braking properties.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Dc motor is used in tractions because of its excellent braking
characteristics and ability of smooth transition from the motor to the generator mode and
vice versa. Also, characteristics suit perfectly for traction application.
3. Which of the following is not the method of electrical braking?

a) Plugging or counter-current
b) Dynamic or rheostatic
c) Regenerative
d) Eddy current
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Eddy current is the electrical effect or response of the system, which is
reflected mechanically at brakes to reduce the speed of the motor. Thus, eddy current is
not an electrical brake, it is mechanical one.
advertisement
4. Which of the following is the plugging method of braking?

a) Reversal of field connections
b) Reversal of armature connections
c) Addition of equal and opposite field
d) Removal of field circuit from current machine circuit
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Plugging is method where connections are reversed at a given instant.
Because of the problem of interrupting highly inductive field current and the time needed
for the field current to build up in opposite direction, it is a common practice to reverse
armature connections.
5. Which of the following is correct formula for braking torque in plugging?

a) n (ka2/Rb)
b) n2 (ka2/Rb)
c) n-1 (ka2/Rb)
d) (ka2/Rb)
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Braking torque is equal to braking power divided by speed of the motor.
T= [(nka )2/Rb]/n. As, Braking power is equal to Ea2/Rb/n. By solving for the braking
torque from the above equation, we get n (ka2/Rb).
6. Electrical braking of any variety becomes less effective as ________________

a) Speed increases
b) Speed decreases
c) Independent of speed
d) Depends on supply voltage
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Braking torque of the DC machine is given by n (ka2/Rb). Here, braking
torque is directly proportional to the speed of the motor, so as the speed decreases the
efficiency of electrical brakes which is dependent on braking torque decreases.
7. Plugging is applied in a motor, if we don’t make the switch OFF what will happen?
a) Motor will come to rest as a result of plugging
b) Motor will come to rest and will start rotating in another direction
c) Motor will burn
d) Nothing will happen
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: If the switch is kept ON near to zero speed, motor will have braking torque
acting in opposite direction greater than the electromechanical torque. Thus, motor will
come to rest and for the next instant motor will start rotating in opposite direction.
8. Plugging is used in ____________

a) Small motors only
b) Small and medium powered
c) Only in large heavy machines
d) Everywhere
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Plugging is used in small scale applications only. The large initial current
and high mechanical stress restrict the application of plugging in large machines. So, in
order to balance stress this method is used in small machines only.
9. Which of the following is dynamic braking?

a) Reversal of field connections
b) Reversal of armature connections
c) Addition of equal and opposite field
d) Removal of armature circuit from current machine circuit
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Reversal of the connections of armature is the method called plugging. In
dynamic braking we remove the armature circuit and connect it to different resistor, with
field circuit still connected to the external supply.
10. Braking time in the dynamic braking is the function of _____________

a) System inertia
b) Load torque
c) Motor rating
d) All- system inertia, load torque and motor rating
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In dynamic braking, when brakes are applied the armature is disconnected
from machine circuit and connected to the braking resistor. Now, at this point motor is
driven by kinetic energy gained earlier, dissipating power in braking resistor.
11. In dynamic braking, when braking is applied system acts as ___________

a) Freely running machine
b) Motor with slow speed
c) Generator
d) Motor with same speed in opposite direction
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The armature is disconnected from the supply and then a braking resistor
Rb is immediately connected across it. The motor acts as a generator, driven by the
inertia and stored kinetic energy dissipating power in Rb. This is a simple method of
bringing a motor nearly to a standstill.
12. In which of the following electrical braking method, energy is supplied back to the
supply?
a) Plugging
b) Dynamic braking
c) Regenerative braking
d) In all electrical braking
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In plugging energy is wasted in braking resistance which is equal to starting
resistance while running as a motor. In dynamic braking energy is generated but it is not
fed back to supply. In regenerative method energy is sent back for reuse.
. Regenerative braking is used when duty cycle ____________

a) Requires braking of machine
b) Requires accelerating of machine
c) Requires constancy of machine
d) Cannot comment on duty cycle
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Regenerative braking is used specially where the duty cycle requires the
braking or slowing of the machine more frequently and is most useful in holding a
descending load of high potential energy at a constant speed.
2. Regeneration is not easily possible for ____________

a) DC shunt motor
b) Separately excited motor
c) Compounding motor with weak series compounding
d) DC series motor
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Regeneration is possible with a shunt and separately excited motors and
with compound motors with weak series compounding. Series motors need a reversal of
either the field or the armature connections.
3. Which of the following method is not used for regeneration?

a) Increasing field current
b) Increasing armature speed
c) Increasing supply voltage
d) Reducing supply voltage
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Regeneration is achieved by either increasing field current, increasing
armature speed, or by reducing supply voltage. Increasing supply voltage is not the
method which is employed in regeneration process.
advertisement
4. If the terminals of armature of DC motor are interchanged, this action will offer
following kind of electrical braking ______________
a) Regenerative
b) Plugging
c) Dynamic braking
d) Depends on other parameters
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Plugging is electrical braking method, where field or armature connections
are reversed technically. But field reversal is not employed as results obtained from field
reversal are not good compare to armature reversal.
5. The plugging braking gives the _____________

a) Zero torque braking
b) Smallest torque braking
c) Highest torque braking
d) Variable torque braking
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In electrical braking called plugging direct reversal of connections is done,
which causes maximum torque to act on shaft but in opposite direction. As the speed
decreases this torque also starts decreasing.
6. Regenerative method of braking is based on ___________

a) Back emf is less than the applied voltage
b) Back emf is equal to the applied voltage
c) Back emf of rotor is more than the applied voltage
d) Cannot be determined
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: The condition for regeneration is that the rotational emf is more than the
applied voltage so that the current is reversed and the mode of operation changes from
motoring to generating.
7. During regenerative braking of DC motors ____________

a) Motor will run as a generator
b) Motor will reverse in direction
c) Motor will run at reduced speed
d) Motor will run as free rotating shaft
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In regenerative method of electrical braking, motor is suddenly forced to act
as a generator, all the energy then obtained is pushed back into the supply unlike in
dynamic braking this energy is wasted.
8. Where dynamic braking is used?

a) Shunt motors
b) Series motors
c) Compound motors
d) All DC motors
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Dynamic braking is used in all DC motors though its implantation in series
DC motor requires one more additional step of reversal of connections. Only care taken
is, addition of braking resistance, armature resistance and series field resistance is lower
than the critical resistance at that speed.
9. Which method of braking is generally used in elevators?
a) Plugging
b) Regenerative braking
c) Rheostatic braking
d) Mechanical braking
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Plugging braking provides maximum torque in opposite direction at the
instant of braking, this characteristic of braking suits perfectly with the application that is
in elevators. If switch is kept ON, we get reverse rotation also.
10. For which of the following motor dynamic braking is very effective?
a) Shunt motors
b) Separately excited motors
c) Series motors
d) Differential compound motors
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Dynamic braking is very effective for separately excited DC motors. As in
separately excited motors the direction of field can be very easily altered by altering the
terminals of the field, which is the condition in dynamic braking.
11. When is the dynamic braking is employed?

a) Non-reversing drive
b) Reversing drive
c) Both Reversing and Non-reversing
d) Cannot tell
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Dynamic braking is employed to brake both reversing drives and non-
reversing drives.
In dynamic braking, the electrical energy generated during stopping action is released as
heat through a voltage regulated transistor and resistor.
1. Ward Leonard method is ___________

a) Armature control method
b) Field control method
c) Combination of armature control method and field control method
d) Totally different from armature and field control method
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Ward Leonard method is the combination of armature control method and
field control method, which can also be called as voltage control method. This is the
most efficient method of speed control over wide range.
2. Which of the following component is not used in Ward Leonard method?

a) AC motor
b) DC generator
c) DC motor
d) AC generator
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Whole unit of Ward Leonard speed control unit consists of various units like
DC generator, DC motor, AC motor, exciter circuit and various pots which are used for
carrying out smooth operation.
3. In Ward Leonard speed control method for lowering the speed of the motor
______________
a) Reduce armature voltage
b) Increase armature voltage
c) Increase field current
d) Decrease field current
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In Ward Leonard speed control method, speed can be reduced under base
value by reducing armature voltage. By increasing field current speed can be reduced
but this is not employed in Ward Leonard method.
advertisement
4. Reducing the armature voltage will give us _______________

a) Variable torque speed control
b) Constant torque speed control
c) Variable and constant both can be achieved
d) Cannot comment on torque
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: As seen from speed torque characteristics, reducing armature voltage will
reduce the speed of the motor below base value but torque will remain same. Thus,
reducing armature voltage will give constant torque speed control.
5. In Ward Leonard speed control method for increasing the speed of the motor
______________
a) Reduce armature voltage
b) Increase armature voltage
c) Increase field current
d) Decrease field current
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: In Ward Leonard speed control method, speed can be increased above
base value by weakening of the field, which can be done by lowering field current value.
By increasing armature voltage speed can be increased but this is not employed in Ward
Leonard method.
6. Reducing the field current will give us _______________

a) Constant torque and variable power speed control
b) Constant torque speed control
c) Variable power speed control
d) Constant power speed control
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: As seen from speed torque characteristics, reducing field current will
increase the speed of the motor above base value but power will remain same. Thus,
reducing armature voltage will give constant power speed control, with variable torque.
7. Speed-power characteristic for Ward Leonard speed control method
_________________
a) Will start from origin
b) Will start from some positive value on power axis
c) Will start from some positive value on speed axis
d) Depends on other parameters
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Speed power characteristic of DC motor is plotted when, Ward Leonard
speed control method is employed. For speed equal to zero, which is less than base
speed, we get constant torque but variable power operation. Thus, power will start
increasing from origin.
8. Efficiency of Ward Leonard method is ____________

a) Higher than rheostatic control method but lower than shunted field control method
b) Lower than rheostatic control method
c) Higher than rheostatic control method and shunted field control method
d) Depends on load
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: Unlike all other methods, external resistance is not added in the circuit of
control system. Thus, efficiency of Ward Leonard control method is always highest at
various different speeds.
9. Ward Leonard method is an ideal choice for motor which undergoes frequent starting,
stopping, speed reversal.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Absence of external resistance increases efficiency. Also, when the
generator emf becomes less than the back emf of the motor, electrical power flows back
from motor to generator, is converted to mechanical form and is returned to the mains
via the driving ac motor. This aspect makes Ward Leonard method perfect for given
application.
10. Starting gear used in Ward Leonard method___________

a) Is of small size
b) Is of large size
c) Size depends on application
d) Is absent
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: No special starting gear is required in Ward Leonard method of speed
control. As the induced voltage by generator is gradually raised from zero, the motor
starts up smoothly. Speed reversal is smoothly carried out.
11. To get the speed of DC motor below the normal speed without wastage of electrical
energy we use __________________
a) Ward Leonard control
b) Rheostatic control
c) Any of the Ward Leonard or rheostatic method can be used
d) Not possible
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Ward Leonard method of speed control is most efficient method of speed
control in all aspects. We can get constant torque operation and constant power
operations as well, with this method.
12. Speed control by Ward Leonard method, can give uniform speed variation
_______________
a) In both directions
b) In one direction
c) Below normal speed only
d) Above normal speed only.
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Speed control by Ward Leonard method, gives uniform speed variation in
both the directions and above and below of normal speed as well. Speed reversal is
carried out smoothly by this control method.
13. Ward Leonard control is basically a _____________

a) Voltage control method
b) Field diverter method
c) Field control method
d) Armature resistance control method
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Ward Leonard speed control method is combination of rheostatic series
control method and shunted armature control method with field control as well. Thus, it
can be called as voltage control method also.
14. In Ward Leonard control of DC motor, the lower limit of speed is imposed by
____________
a) Residual magnetism of the generator
b) Core losses of motor
c) Mechanical losses of motor and generator together
d) Cannot be determined
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: We get the speed below the base value by reducing armature voltage,
which is the simple method of reducing back emf which is proportional to the residual
magnetism. Thus, lower limit of speed is imposed by residual magnetism of the
generator.
15. The disadvantage of the Ward Leonard control method is ___________

a) High initial cost
b) High maintenance cost
c) Low efficiency at high loads
d) High cost, high maintenance and low efficiency
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Ward Leonard speed control method requires large number of building
blocks like generators, motors. Thus, installing cost and maintenance cost of the whole
unit is very high. Apart from cost, it gives low efficiency at very high loads.
. Dynamic braking requires a strong _________
a) Magnetic field
b) Electrostatic field
c) Nuclear field
d) Gravitational field
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: Dynamic braking requires a strong magnetic field to convert energy from
the magnetic domain into the electrical domain. The kinetic energy is wasted at a higher
rate.
2. In DC series machine ∅ is directly proportional to Ia.

a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In series DC machine, the field winding is in series with the armature
winding. The armature current flows through the field winding. F=NI a=R∅. Ia∝∅.
3. For faster braking, the series field is separated from the armature circuit.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: For faster braking, the series field is separated from the armature circuit.
The series field is excited by a different voltage source.
advertisement
4. At the starting, the field is very strong but it decreases with time because of the
________
a) Reduction in armature current
b) Increase in armature current
c) Reduction in speed
d) Increase in speed
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: At the starting, the field is very strong but it decreases with time because of
the reduction in armature current. ∅∝Ia.
5. Calculate the time period of the waveform x(t)=1cot(πt+7π).

a) 0.5 sec
b) 1 sec
c) 3 sec
d) 5 sec
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The fundamental time period of the cot wave is π. The time period of x(t) is
a π÷π=1 sec. The time period is independent of phase shifting and time shifting.
6. In dynamic braking, DC series motor behaves as a ____________

a) Separately excited motor
b) Transformer
c) Induction motor
d) Thyristor
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In dynamic braking, DC series motor behaves as a separately excited
motor as the motor armature is disconnected from the source and connected across
resistance RB.
7. Calculate the flux produced by the DC series field winding using the following data:
Ia=5 A, N=23, R=23.
a) 5 Wb
b) 6 Wb
c) 9 Wb
d) 8 Wb
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In DC series motor, field windings are connected in series with the
armature circuit. F=NIa=R∅. Ia∝∅. ∅=F÷R=5 wb.
8. The shape of the speed-armature current characteristics in DC series motor are

__________
a) Hyperbolic
b) Parabola
c) Circle
d) Ellipse
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The shape of the speed-armature current characteristics in DC series motor
is hyperbolic. The motor equation is Eb=Vt-IaRa=Km∅ωm. N=(Vt/KmIa)-Ra/Km. N∝1÷Ia.
9. The shape of the speed-torque current characteristics in DC series motor are

__________
a) Rectangular Hyperbolic
b) Parabola
c) Circle
d) Ellipse
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: The shape of the speed-torque characteristics in the DC series motor is a
rectangular hyperbola. The motor equation is Eb=Vt-IaRa=Km∅ωm. N=(Vt/KmIa)-Ra/Km. Ia∝√T
.N∝1÷√T.
10. DC series motors are used where the high ________ torque is required.
a) Maximum
b) Minimum
c) Starting
d) Stalling
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: DC series motors are used where the high starting torque is required. At
starting the torque produced by DC series motor is very high. To start a motor torque
should be greater than load torque.
11. The shape of the current-torque current characteristics in DC series motor is a
__________
a) Rectangular Hyperbolic
b) Parabola
c) Circle
d) Ellipse
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The shape of the current-torque characteristics in the DC series motor is a
parabola. The motor equation is Eb=Vt-IaRa=Km∅ωm. T=Km∅Ia. ∅∝Ia. T∝Ia2.
12. Calculate the current in DC series field winding using the following data: I a=3 A.
a) 4 A
b) 2 A
c) 3 A
d) 6 A
View Answer
Answer: c
Explanation: In DC series motor, field windings are connected in series with the
armature circuit. The armature current will also flow through the series winding. I f=Ia=3 A.
13. For a given torque, increasing diverter resistance of a DC series motor causes the
________
a) decrease in speed and less armature current
b) decrease in speed but armature current remains the same
c) increase in speed and more armature current
d) increase in speed but armature current remains the same
View Answer
Answer: a
Explanation: In DC series motor, increasing diverter resistance increases the field
current and field flux and also decreases the armature current and therefore decreases
the speed.
14. The field diverter resistance for a DC series motor is kept ________
a) High
b) Low
c) zero
d) one
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: The field diverter resistance for a DC series motor is kept low in order to
increase the speed of the motor. This will reduce the field flux and increase the armature
current.
7/7/2021 Electrical Drives multiple choice questions and answers, MCQ objective quiz Page 3
 info[at]objectivequiz[dot]com (mailto:info@objectivequiz.com)  Login  Register
Objective Quiz
Trivia Quizzes For Your
Healthy Mind
(https://www.objectivequiz.com/)

Home (https://www.objectivequiz.com/) / Electrical and Electronics (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics)

/ Electrical Drives Objective Questions and Answer
Electrical Drives Multiple Choice Questions and Answers
Electrical Drives MCQ Questions and Answers Quiz
UPSC & State Services

Gradeup
21. What are the constituents in speed time curve of train?
A. Constant speed
B. Coasting
C. Initial acceleration
D. All of the above 
Answer-21  Post-Your-Explanation-21
22. What type electric drive is used in cranes?
A. Individual
B. Multimotor 
C. Group
D. Both A and C
23. Which braking is not possible in series motor?
A. Counter current braking

B. Regenerative braking 
C. Dynamic braking
D. Rheostat braking
24. Which of the following are electrical braking methods ?
A. regenerative
B. plugging
C. dynamic
D. All of the above 
https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives/3 1/8
25. Which speed control method preferred for constant torque drive?
A. Mechanical loading system

B. Field control
C. Armature voltage control 
D. None of these
UPSC & State Services

Gradeup
26. While operating on variable frequency supplies, the AC motor requires variable voltage in order to
A. improve the capabilities of the inverter

B. protect the insulation
C. avoid effect of saturation 
D. protect thyristor from dV / dt
All India Shipping Free

Shop for Men's Sneaker Online at the Shoe
The Shoes Ka Open
← Previous (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives/2)
1 (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives)
2 (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives/2) 3 ()
Tags
MCQ Multiple Choice Questions and Answers on Electrical Drives
Electrical Drives Trivia Questions and Answers PDF
Electrical Drives Question and Answer
More Topics
Electronic Devices (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electronic-devices)
Microprocessor and Microcontroller (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/microprocessor-and-microcontroller)
Operational Amplifier (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/operational-amplifier)
Electrical Machines (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-machines)
Digital Electronics (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/digital-electronics)

Analog Communication (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/analog-communication)
Robotics (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/robotics)
Power Electronics (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/power-electronics)
Digital Communication (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/digital-communication)

Instrumentation and Measurement (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/instrumentation-and-measurement)
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/programmable-logic-controller-plc-)
Electrical Drives (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives)
Antenna and Wave Propagation (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/antenna-and-wave-propagation)

Optical Fiber Communication (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/optical-fiber-communication)
Transformers (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/transformers)
Satellite Communication (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/satellite-communication)
Soldering and Brazing (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/soldering-and-brazing)

Welding (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/welding) Autocad (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/autocad)
Power Plant Engineering (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/power-plant-engineering)
DC Generator (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/dc-generator)
ITI Fitter (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/iti-fitter)
Silicon Controlled Rectifier - SCR (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/silicon-controlled-rectifier-scr)

Rectifiers (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/rectifiers) Arduino (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/arduino)
Oscillators (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/oscillators)
Frequency Modulation (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/frequency-modulation)
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO) (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/cathode-ray-oscilloscope-cro-)

Electronic Instruments (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electronic-instruments)
VLSI Design (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/vlsi-design)
Alternating Current (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/alternating-current)
PCB Designing Fundamentals (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/pcb-designing-fundamentals)

Parallel Processing (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/parallel-processing)
Embedded Systems (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/embedded-systems)
Electrical Cables (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-cables)
DC Motors (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/dc-motors)
Quiz Categories
Physics and General Science (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/general-science)
Computer Science Engineering (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/computer-science)
Electrical and Electronics Engineering (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics)
Civil Engineering (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/civil-engineering)
Biology (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/biology)
Chemistry (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/chemistry)
Literature (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/literature)
Business Management (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/business-management)
Aptitude (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/aptitude)
Verbal Reasoning (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/verbal-reasoning)
Newsletter
Enter your email address Subscribe
Spreading Knowledge Across the World
USA - United States of America Canada United Kingdom Australia New Zealand South America Brazil Portugal Netherland South
Africa Ethiopia Zambia Singapore Malaysia India China UAE - Saudi Arabia Qatar Oman Kuwait Bahrain Dubai
Israil England Scotland Norway Ireland Denmark France Spain Poland and many more....
Electrical Machines MCQ Quiz Introduction to Engineering Engineering Scale multiple choice Engineering Drawing
Multiple Choice Questions and Graphics multiple choice questions questions and answers | MCQ choice questions and
Answers Page 2 and answers | MCQ objective quiz objective quiz MCQ objective quiz P
DC Motors multiple choice Power Plant Engineering multiple Electrical and Electronics Multiple CNC Machines multi
questions and answers | MCQ choice questions and answers | Choice Questions and Answers questions and answe
objective quiz MCQ objective quiz Page 5 objective quiz Page 3
Privacy Policy (https://www.objectivequiz.com/privacy-policy) © 2021 Copyright Quiz Forum. Developed by Techgadgetpro.com
 
(https://www.face
(https://twitte
Objective Quiz
Healthy Mind



NEW NEW
#BingeMonster Galaxy M32

Samsung.com
11. In case of kiln drives, starting torque is
A. almost equal to running torque

B. more than double of the running torque 
C. more than triple of the running torque
D. less than running torque
12. In industries which electrical braking is preferred?
A. Dynamic braking
B. Regenerative braking 
C. Plugging
D. None of these
13. In which braking back emf exceeds supply voltage?
A. Plugging
B. Regenerative 
C. Dynamic
D. None of these
14. Polarity of supply voltage is reversed in which type of braking?
A. Plugging 
B. Regenerative braking.
C. Dynamic braking
D. None of these
15. Speed control by variation of field flux results in
A. variable power drive

B. constant power drive 
C. constant torque drive
D. None of these
NEW NEW
#BingeMonster Galaxy M32

Samsung.com
16. The basic elements of a electric drive are
A. electrical motor and control system 

B. electric motor
C. control system
D. None of these
17. The concept of V/f control of inverters driving induction motors resuls in
A. reduced magnetic loss

B. constant torque operation 
C. speed reversal
D. hormonic elimination
18. The heating time constant of an electrical machine gives an induction of its
A. overload capacity
B. rating
C. cooling 
D. short time rating
19. The power input to a 3 - F induction motor is 60 kW and stator loss is 1 kW the rotor cu loss per phase is
A. slip Ã— 69 / 3
B. slip Ã— 50 / 3
C. slip Ã— 59 / 3 
D. 1
20. The slip of an induction motor during DC rheostatic braking is
A. 2+s
B. 2-s
C. 1-s
D. s
HOT HOT HOT
Bank & Insurance Mocks

Gradeup
← Previous (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives)
1 (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives) 2 ()
3 (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives/3)
Next → (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives/3)
Tags
More Topics





Quiz Categories
Newsletter
Learn by building projects Electrical Machines MCQ Quiz Power Plant Engineering multiple CNC Machines multi
Multiple Choice Questions and choice questions and answers | questions and answe
Answers Page 2 MCQ objective quiz Page 5 objective quiz Page 3
Ad Crio.Do objectivequiz.com objectivequiz.com objectivequiz.com
light multiple choice questions and Bones multiple choice questions Apiculture multiple choice Electrical and Electro
answers | MCQ objective quiz Page and answers | MCQ objective quiz questions and answers | MCQ Choice Questions an
2 objective quiz
objectivequiz.com objectivequiz.com objectivequiz.com objectivequiz.com
 
(https://www.face
(https://twitte
7/7/2021 Electrical Drives multiple choice questions and answers, MCQ objective quiz
Objective Quiz
Healthy Mind


Electrical Drives multiple choice questions and answers on Electrical Drives MCQ questions quiz on Electrical Drives objective type questions with answer for
competitive exams and written test preparations for online Electrical Drives quiz Professionals, Teachers, Students and Kids Trivia Quizzes to test your
knowledge on the subject.
1. A four quadrant operation requires
A. two full converter connected in back to back 

B. two full converters in series
C. two full converters connected in parallel
D. two semi converters connected in back to back
2. To save energy during braking ................. braking is used?
A. regenerative 
B. dynamic
C. plugging
D. All of the above
3. A 3 - F induction motor draws an electric current of 50 A from mains when starts by direct switching. If an auto transformer with 60 % tapping is used for
starting the electric current drawn from the mains will be
A. 50
B. 18 
C. 36
D. 80
4. A motor has a thermal heating time constant of 50 mm. When the motor runs continuous of full scale, its final temperature rise is 80Â° C, what would be the
temperature rise after 1 hour, if the motor runs continuously on full load?
A. 56 degrees
https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives 1/8
B. 55.9 degrees 
C. 58 degrees
D. 60 degrees
5. An elevator drive is required to operate in
A. three quadrants
B. one quadrant only
C. two quadrants
D. four quadrants 
6. Electric drive is becoming more and more popular because
A. it is simple and reliable

B. it provide smooth and easy control
C. it is cheaper in cost
D. All of the below 
7. For an IM to operate in braking region slip should be always
A. is equal to 1
B. less than zero
C. greater than 1 
D. None of these
8. Full form of VVVF control
A. variable VAr voltage frequency

B. variable voltage VAr frequency
C. VAr variable voltage frequency
D. variable voltage variable frequency 
9. High braking torque produced in
A. regenerative braking
B. plugging 
C. dynamic braking
D. None of these
10. In 4 quadrant operation of a hoist 3rd quadrant represents
A. forward braking
B. reverse motoring 
C. reverse braking
D. forward motoring
Earn while you learn with HCL

Get a full-time IT job at HCL a er 12th & complete
higher education from BITS. Apply now!
HCL Apply Now
1 () 2 (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives/2)
3 (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives/3)
Next → (https://www.objectivequiz.com/objective-questions/electronics/electrical-drives/2)
Tags
More Topics





Quiz Categories
Newsletter
Mechanical Engineering multiple Electrical Machines MCQ Quiz Bones multiple choice questions Apiculture multiple c
choice questions and answers | Multiple Choice Questions and and answers | MCQ objective quiz questions and answe
MCQ objective quiz Answers objective quiz
CNC Machines multiple choice First aid multiple choice questions Dust of Snow multiple choice Fire and Ice multiple
questions and answers | MCQ and answers | MCQ objective quiz questions and answers | MCQ questions and answe
objective quiz Page 3 Page 3 objective quiz objective quiz Page 2
 
(https://www.face
(https://twitte
7/7/2021 300+ TOP Single Phase Induction Motors MCQs Pdf 2021
HOME Interview Questions MCQs *LAB VIVA CLASS NOTES SEMINAR TOPICS
ONLINE TEST GATE CAT Internship ABOUT US Privacy Policy
Any Skill Sea
Home » Electrical Engineering Multiple Choice Questions »

300+ TOP Single Phase Induction Motors Multiple
Choice Questions & Answers
300+ TOP Single Phase Induction

Motors Multiple Choice Questions
& Answers
HCL’s Early Career Program
In these unce ain times, the only thing ce ain is a
HCL
https://engineeringinterviewquestions.com/single-phase-induction-motors-electrical-engineering-multiple-choice-questions-and-answers/ 1/26
SINGLE PHASE INDUCTION MOTORS Multiple

Choice Questions :-
1. In a split phase motor, the running winding should
have
(a) high resistance and low inductance
(b) low resistance and high inductance
(c) high resistance as well as high inductance
(d) low resistance as well as low inductiance
Ans: b
2. If the capacitor of a single-phase motor is short-

circuited
(a) the motor will not start
(b) the motor will run
(c) the motor will run in reverse direction
(d) the motor will run in the same direction at reduced r.p.m.
Ans: a
3. In capacitor start single-phase motors

(a) current in the starting winding leads the voltage
(b) current in the starting winding lags the voltage
(c) current in the starting winding is in phase with voltage in
running winding
Ans: a
4. In a capacitor start and run motors the function of the

running capacitor in series with the auxiliary winding is
to
(a) improve power factor
(b) increase overload capacity
(c) reduce fluctuations in torque
(d) to improve torque
Ans: a
HCL’s Early Career

Program
In these uncertain times, th
only thing certain is a full-tim
HCL
job with HCL. Apply now!
5. In a capacitor start motor, the phase displacement

between starting and running winding can be nearly
(a) 10°
(b) 30°
(c) 60°
(d) 90°
Ans: d
6. In a split phase motor

(a) the starting winding is connected through a centrifugal switch
(b) the running winding is connected through a centrifugal switch
(c) both starting and running windings are connected through a
centrifugal switch
(d) centrifugal switch is used to control supply voltage
Ans: a
7. The rotor developed by a single-phase motor at starting

is
(a) more than i.he rated torque
(b) rated torque
(c) less than the rated torque
(d) zero
Ans: d
8. Which of the following motor will give relatively high

starting torque ?
(a) Capacitor start motor
(b) Capacitor run motor
(c) Split phase motor
(d) Shaded pole motor

Ans: a
Join TechBee and

work at HCL
Your chance to work at HCL,
India's leading IT company, righ
after class XII. Apply now
HCL
9. Which of the following motor will have relatively

higher power factor ?
(a) Capacitor run motor
(b) Shaded pole motor
(d) Split phase motor
Ans: a
10. In a shaded pole motor, the shading coil usually

consist of
(a) a single turn of heavy wire which is in parallel with running
winding
(b) a single turn of heavy copper wire which is short-circuited and
carries only induced current
(c) a multilayer fine gauge copper wire in parallel with running
winding
Ans: b
11. In a shaded pole single-phase motor, the revolving

field is produced by the use of
(a) inductor
(b) capacitor
(c) resistor
(d) shading coils
Ans: d
12. A centrifugal switch is used to disconnect ‘starting

winding when motor has
(a) run for about 1 minute
(b) run for about 5 minutes
(c) picked up about 50 to 70 per cent of rated speed
(d) picked up about 10 to 25 per cent of rated speed
Ans: c
13. If a particular application needs high speed and high

starting torque, then which of the following motor will
be preferred ?
(a) Universal motor
(b) Shaded pole type motor
(d) Capacitor start and run motor
Ans: a
14. The value of starting capacitor of a fractional horse

power motor will be
(a) 100 uF
(6) 200 uF
(c) 300 uF
(d) 400 uF
Ans: c
15. In repulsion motor direction of rotation of motor

(a) is opposite to that of brush shift
(b) is the same as that of brush shift
(c) is independent of brush shift
Ans: b
16. In a single phase motor the centrifugal switch

(a) disconnects auxiliary winding of the motor
(b) disconnects main winding of the motor
(c) reconnects the main winding the motor
(d) reconnects the auxiliary winding of the motor
Ans: a
17. The running winding of a single phase motor on

testing with meggar is found to be ground. Most probable
location of the ground will be
(a) at the end connections

(b) at the end terminals
(c) anywhere on the winding inside a slot
(d) at the slot edge where coil enters or comes out of the slot
Ans: d
18. A capacitor-start single phase induction motor is

switched on to supply with its capacitor replaced by an
inductor of equivalent reactance value. It will
(a) start and then stop
(b) start and run slowly
(c) start and run at rated speed
(d) not start at all
Ans: d
19. Which of the following motors is used in mixies ?

(a) Repulsion motor
(b) Reluctance motor
(c) Hysteresis motor
(d) Universal motor
Ans: d
20. Which of the following motors is inherently self

starting ?
(a) Split motor
(b) Shaded-pole motor
(c) Reluctance motor
(d) None of these
Ans: b
21. The direction of rotation of an hysteresis motor is

determined by
(a) interchanging the supply leads
(b) position of shaded pole with respect to main pole
(c) retentivity of the rotor material
(d) none of these
Ans: b
22. Burning out of winding is due to

(a) short circuited capacitor
(b) capacitor value hiving changed
(c) open circuiting of capacitor

Ans: a
23. Direction of rotation of a split phase motor can be

reversed by reversing the connection of
(a) running winding only
(b) starting winding only
(c) either (a) or (b)
(d) both (a) and (b)
Ans: c
24. Short-circuiter is used in

(a) repulsion induction motor
(b) repulsion motor
(c) repulsion start induction run motor
Ans: c
25. The range of efficiency for shaded pole motors is

(a) 95% to 99%
(b) 80% to 90%
(c) 50% to 75%
(d) 5% to 35%
Ans: d
26. In a capacitor start single-phase motor, when

capacitor is replaced by a resistance
(a) torque will increase
(b) the motor will consume less power
(c) motor will run in reverse direction
(d) motor will continue to run in same direction
Ans: d
27. The power factor of a single-phase induction motor is

usually
(a) lagging
(b) always leading
(c) unity
(d) unity to 0.8 leading
Ans: a
28. A shaded pole motor can be used for

(a) toys
(b) hair dryers
(c) circulators
Ans: d
29. A hysteresis motor works on the principle of

(a) hysteresis loss
(b) magnetisation of rotor
(c) eddy current loss
(d) electromagnetic induction
Ans: a
30. Which of the following motor will give the highest

starting torque ?
(b) Schrage motor
(c) Repulsion start and induction run motor
(d) Universal motor
Ans: b
31. For which of the applications a reluctance motor is preferred ?

(a) Electric shavers
(b) Refrigerators
(c) Signalling and timing devices
(d) Lifts and hoists
Ans: c
32. The motor used on small lathes is usually

(a) universal motor
(c) single-phase capacitor run motor
(d) 3-phase synchronous motor
Ans: c
33. Which of the following motors is preferred for tape-recorders ?

(a) Shaded pole motor
(b) Hysteresis motor
(c) Two value capacitor motor
(d) Universal motor

Ans: b
34. A single-phase induction motor is

(a) inherently self-starting with high torque
(b) inherently self-starting with low torque
(c) inherently non-self-starting with low torque
(d) inherently non-self-starting with high torque
Ans: c
35. A schrage motor can run on

(a) zero slip
(b) negative slip
(c) positive slip
Ans: d
36. A universal motor can run on

(a) A.C. only
(6) D.C. only
(c) either A.C. or D.C.
Ans: c
37. Which of the following single-phase motors is suitable for

timing and control purposes ?
(a) Reluctance motor
(b) Series motor
(c) Repulsion motor
(d) Universal motor
Ans: a
38. Single phase induction motor usually operates on

(a) 0.6 power factor lagging
(b) 0.8 power factor lagging
(c) 0.8 power factor leading
(d) unity power factor
Ans: a
39. In split-phase motor auxiliary winding is of

(a) thick wire placed at the bottom of the slots
(b) thick wire placed at the top of the slots

(c) thin wire placed at the top of the slots
(d) thin wire placed at the bottom of the slots
Ans: c
40. Which of the following motors will operate at high power factor
?
(a) Shaped pole motor
(b) Split phase motor
(d) Capacitor run motor
Ans: d
41. In a two value capacitor motor, the capacitor used for running
purposes is
(a) air capacitor
(b) paper spaced oil filled type
(c) ceramic type
(d) a.c. electrolytic type
Ans: b
42. Which of the following motors can be run on AC. as well as D.C.
supply ?
(a) Universal motor
(b) Repulsion motor
Ans: a
43. In A.C. series motor compensating winding is employed to

(a) reduce the effects of armature reaction
(b) increase the torque
(c) reduce sparking at the brushes
Ans: c
44. Which of the following single-phase induction motors is

generally used in time phonographs ?
(a) Resistance start
(b) Capacitor start capacitor run
(c) Shaded pole
(d) Universal
Ans: c
45. Which of the following motors has highest starting torque ?

(a) Repulsion motor
(b) Shaped pole motor
(c) Capacitor-start motor
(d) Split-phase motor
Ans: c
46. The repulsion-start induction-run motor is used because of

(a) good power factor
(b) high efficiency
(c) minimum cost
(d) high starting torque
Ans: d
47. In case of a shaded pole motor the direction of rotation of the

motor is
(a) from main pole to shaded pole
(b) from shaded pole to main pole
(c) either of the above depending on voltage
(d) either of the above depending on power factor
Ans: a
48. In case of high speed universal motor which of the following

needs more attention ?
(a) End play
(b) Air gap
(c) Insulation in rotor
(d) Balancing of rotor
Ans: d
49. The wattage rating for a ceiling fan motor will be in the range
(a) 200 to 250 W
(b) 250 to 500 W
(c) 50 to 150 W
(d) 10 to 20 W
Ans: c
50. The wattage of motor for driving domestic sewing machine will
be around
(a) 100 to 150 W
(b) 40 to 75 W
(c) 10 to 30 W
(d) 5 to 10 W
Ans: a
51. Which of the following single-phase motors has relatively poor

starting torque ?
(a) Universal motor
(b) Repulsion motor
(c) Capacitor motor
(d) All single phase motors have zero starting torque
Ans: c
52. Which type of load is offered by cranes and hoists ?

(a) Gradually varying load
(b) Non-reversing, no-load start
(c) Reversing, light start
(d) Reversing, heavy start
Ans: d
53. The speed of a universal motor is generally reduced by using

(a) gear trains
(b) V-belts
(c) brakes
(d) chains
Ans: a
54. Which of the following motors can be used for unity power
factor ?
(a) Capacitor run motor
(b) Shaded pole motor
(d) Schrage motor
Ans: d
55. When a D.C. series motor is connected to A.C. supply, the power
factor will be low because of
(a) high inductance of field and armature circuits
(b) induced current in rotor due to variations of flux

(c) fine copper wire winding
Ans: a
56. The direction of rotation of universal motor can be reversed the

by reversing the flow of current through
(a) armature winding
(b) field winding
(c) either armature winding or field winding
Ans: c
57. In which single-phase motor, the rotor has no teeth or winding ?

(a) Split phase motor
(d) Universal motor
Ans: c
58. Which motor is normally free from mechanical and magnetic

vibrations ?
(a) Split phase motor
(b) Universal motor
(d) Shaded pole motor
Ans: c
59. As hysteresis motors are free from mechanical and magnetic

vibrations therefore these are considered as suitable for
(a) fans
(b) blowers
(c) sound equipment
(d) mixer grinders
Ans: c
60. A reluctance motor

(a) is self-starting
(b) is constant speed motor
(c) needs no D.C. excitation

Ans: d
61. In a hysteresis motor, the rotor must have

(a) retentivity
(b) resistivity
(c) susceptibility
Ans: a
62. The rotor of a hysteresis motor is made of

(a) aluminium
(b) cast iron
(c) chrome steel
(d) copper
Ans: c
63. The electric motor used in portable drills is

(a) capacitor run motor
(b) hysteresis motor
(c) universal motor
(d) repulsion motor
Ans: c
64. Which of the following applications always have some load

whenever switched on ?
(a) Vacuum cleaners
(b) Fan motors
(c) Pistol drills
Ans: c
65. The speed control of universal motor used for sewing machines
is by
(a) friction
(b) varying the resistance
(c) tapping the field
(d) centrifugal mechanism
Ans: b
66. Torque developed by a single phase induction motor at starting

is
(a) pulsating
(b) uniform
(c) none of the above
(d) nil
Ans: d
67. In split phase motor main winding is of

(a) thin wire placed at the top of the slots
(b) thin wire placed at the bottom of the slots
(c) thick wire placed at the bottom of the slots
(d) thick wire placed at the top of the” slots
Ans: c
68. In repulsion motor, maximum torque is developed when

(a) brush axis is at 45° electrical to the field axis
(b) brush axis coincides with the field axis
(c) brush axis is at 90° electrical to the field axis
Ans: a
69. If the centrifugal switch does not open at 70 to 80 percent of

synchronous speed of motor, it would result in
(a) damage to the starting winding
(b) damage to the centrifugal switch
(c) overloading of running winding
Ans: a
70. Speed torque characteristic of a repulsion induction motor is

similar to that of a D.C.
(a) shunt motor
(b) series motor
(c) compound motor
(d) separately excited motor
Ans: c
71. In a ceilingfan employing capacitor run motor

(a) secondary winding surrounds the primary winding
(b) primary winding surrounds the secondary winding
(c) both are usual arrangements

Ans: a
72. The shaded pole motor is used for

(a) high starting torque
(b) low starting torque
(c) medium starting torque
(d) very high starting torque
Ans: b
73. The rotor slots, in an induction motor, are usually not quite
parallel to the shaft because it
(a) improves the efficiency
(b) helps the rotor teeth to remain under the stator teeth
(c) helps in reducing the tendency of the rotor teeth to remain
under the stator teeth
(d) improves the power factor
Ans: c
74. The speed/load characteristics of a universal motor is same as

that of
(a) A.C. motor
(c) D.C. series motor
Ans: c
75. The purpose of stator winding in the compensated repulsion

motor is to
(a) provide mechanical balance
(b) improve power factor and provide better speed regulation
(c) prevent hunting in the motor
(d) eliminate armature reaction
Ans: b
76. Which of the following motors is used for unity power factor ?
(a) Hysteresis motor
(b) Schrage motor
(c) Universal motor

Ans: b
77. The motor used for the compressors is

(a) d.c. series motor
(b) shaded pole motor
(c) capacitor-start capacitor-run motor
(d) reluctance motor
Ans: c
78. Which of the following motors is used in a situation where load

increases with speed ?
(a) Induction motor
(b) Three-phase series motor
(c) Schrage motor
(d) Hysteresis motor
Ans: b
79. In repulsion motor, zero torque is developed when

(a) brush axis is 45° electrical to field axis
(b) brush axis coincides with the field axis
(c) brush axis is 90° electrical to field axis
(d) both (b) and (c)
Ans: d
80. Centrifugal switch disconnects the auxiliary winding of the

motor at about ____ percent of synchronous speed
(a) 30 to 40
(b) 70 to 80
(c) 80 to 90
(d) 100
Ans: b
81. Starting winding of a single phase motor of a refrigerator is

disconnected from the circuit by means of a
(a) magnetic relay
(b) thermal relay
(c) centrifugal switch
Ans: a
82. If a single phase induction motor runs slower than normal, the
most likely defect is
(a) worn bearings
(b) short-circuit in the winding
(c) open-circuit in the winding
Ans: a
83. Which of the following motors is used in tape-recorders ?

(a) Hysteresis motor
(c) Capacitor-run motor
(d) Universal motor
Ans: a
84. Which of the following statements regarding two value capacitor

motor is incorrect ?
(a) It is a reversing motor
(b) It is preferred to permanent-split single-value capacitor motor
where frequent reversals are required
(c) It has low starting as well as rushing currents
(d) It has high starting torque
Ans: b
85. Two-value capacitor motor finds increased application as

compressor motor in small home air-conditioners
because
(a) it is comparatively cheaper
(b) it has almost non-destructible capacitor
(c) it has low starting as well as running currents at relatively high
power factor
(d) it is quiet in operation
Ans: c
86. If the centrifugal switch of a two-value capacitor motor using

two capacitors fails to open then
(a) motor will not come up to speed
(b) motor will not carry the load
(c) current drawn by the motor will be excessively high
(d) electrolytic capacitor will, in all probability, suffer break down
Ans: d
87. In a universal motor, the most common cause of brush sparking

is
(a) open armature winding
(b) shorted armature winding
(c) shorted field winding”
(d) high commutator mica
(e) all of the above
Ans: e
88. If starting winding of a single-phase induction motor is left in

the circuit, it will
(a) run faster
(b) spark at light loads
(c) draw excessive current and overheat
(d) run slower
Ans: c
89. Most of the fractional horsepower motors have either

(a) hard and annealed bearings
(b) ball or roller bearings
(c) soft and porous bearings
(d) plain or sleeve bearings
Ans: d
90. Which of the following statements regarding reluctance-start

motor is incorrect ?
(a) It is similar to reluctance motor
(b) It is basically an induction motor and not a synchronous one
(c) So far as its basic working principle is concerned, it is similar to
shaded pole motor
(d) the air-gap between rotor and salient poles is non- uniform
Ans: a
91. To reverse the direction of rotation of acapacitor start motor

while it is running we should
(a) disconnect motor from the supply till it stops then reconnect it
to supply with reversed connection of main or auxiliary winding
(b) disconnect motor from supply and immediately reconnect it to
supply with reversed connections of the main winding
(c) reverse the direction of connection of the auxiliary winding and
after motor comes to rest then connect auxiliary winding to the
supply
(d) reverse the direction of connections of the auxiliary winding and
immediately connect it to supply
Ans: a
92. In case of a reluctance motor, when the load is increased so that

it cannot maintain synchronous speed the motor will
(a) become unstable
(b) draw excessive armature current and may burn out
(c) fall out of synchronism and come to stand still
(d) run as induction motor
Ans: d
93. Which of the following motors has two separate windings on the
motor ?
(a) Repulsion motor
(b) Repulsion induction motor
(c) Repulsion start induction run motor
Ans: b
94. A shaded pole motor does not possess

(a) centrifugal switch
(b) capacitor
(c) commutator
Ans: d
95. In a A.C. series motor armature coils are usually connected to

commutator
(a) through resistance
(b) through reactances
(c) through capacitors
(d) solidly
Ans: a
96. Which of the following statements regarding a reluctance motor

is incorrect ?
(a) It cannot be reversed, ordinarily
(b) It requires no D.C. field excitation for its operation
(c) It is nothing else but a single-phase, salient pole synchronous-
induction motor
(d) Its squirrel cage-rotor is of unsym-metrical magnetic
construction in order to vary reluctance path between stator and
rotor
Ans: a
97. A universal motor is one which

(a) can be operated either on D.C. or A.C. supply at approximately
the same speed and output
(b) can be marketed internationally
(c) runs at dangerously high speed on no-load
Ans: a
98. A repulsion motor is equipped with

(a) slip rings
(b) commutator
Ans: b
99. The capacitors used in single-phase capacitor motors have no

(a) voltage rating
(b) dielectric medium
(c) polarity marking
(d) definite value
Ans: c
100. If a D.C. series motor is operated on A.C. supply, it will

(a) spark excessively
(b) have poor efficiency
(c) have poor power factor
Ans: d
101. After the starting winding of a single phase induction motor is

disconnected from supply, it continues to run only on
(a) running winding
(b) rotor winding
(c) field winding
(d) compensating winding
Ans: a
102. Which of the following statements regarding repulsion-start

induction motor is incorrect ?
(a) It requires more maintenance of commutator and other
mechanical devices
(b) It makes quite a bit of noise on starting
(c) In fractional horse power motors, it has replaced the capacitor
motors
(d) It is not easily reversed
Ans: c
103. A.C. series motor as compared to D.C. series motor has

(a) smaller brush width
(b) less number of field turns
(c) more number of armature turns
(d) less air gap
(e) all of the above
Ans: e
104. Locked rotor current of a shaded pole motor is

(a) equal to full load current
(b) less than full load current
(c) slightly more than full load current
(d) several times the full load current
Ans: c
105. Speed control of a universal motor is achieved by

(a) varying field flux with tapped field windings
(b) connecting rheostat in series
(c) applying variable voltage by means of silicon controlled rectifier
(d) applying variable voltage by means of variable auto-transformer
(e) all of the above methods
Ans: e
116. Hysteresis motor is particularly useful for high-quality record

players and tape-recorders because
(a) it revolves synchronously
(b) it is not subject to any magnetic or mechanical vibrations
(c) it can be easily manufactured in extremely small sizes of up to 1
W output
(d) it develops hysteresis torque which is extremely steady both in
amplitude and phase

Ans: d
117. Which of the following statements regarding hysteresis motor is

in incorrect ?
(a) It is extremely sensitive to fluctuations in supply voltage
(b) Its high starting torque is due to its high rotor hysteresis loss
(c) It is extremely quiet in operation
(d) It accelerates from rest to full-speed almost instantaneously
Ans: a
118. Which of the following statements regarding single-phase

induction motoris correct ?
(a) It requires only one winding
(b) It can rotate in one direction only
(c) It is self-starting
(d) It is not self-starting
Ans: d
119. The starting winding of a single-phase motor is placed in

(a) armature
(b) field
(c) rotor
(d) stator
Ans: d
120. The speed of a universal motor is usually reduced by using

(a) gearing
(b) belts
(c) brakes
(d) chains
Ans: a
---- >> Related Posts Of Above Questions :::
------>>[MOST IMPORTANT]<<------
1. 300+ TOP Single Phase Induction Motors

Questions & Answers
2. 250+ TOP MCQs on Types of Motor and Answers
3. 250+ TOP MCQs on Single Phase Induction Motor

Construction and Answers
4. 110 TOP MOST POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS
– Electrical Engineering Multiple Choice Questions
and Answers
5. 250+ TOP MCQs on DC Motors – Three Phase
Induction Motors and Answers
6. 250+ TOP MCQs on Induction Motors –
Regenerative Braking (3-phase IM) and Answers
7. 300+ TOP THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR
Questions and Answers
8. 250+ TOP MCQs on Starting of Polyphase Induction
Motors-I and Answers
9. 250+ TOP MCQs on Operating (or Performance)
Characteristics of Induction Motors and Answers
10. 250+ TOP MCQs on Power Factor Control of Three
Phase Induction Motors and Answers
11. 250+ TOP MCQs on Induction Motors – Dynamic
Braking(IM) and Answers
12. 130 TOP DC MOTORS Multiple Choice Questions
Answers pdf free Download
13. 130 TOP MOST D.C.MOTORS Multiple Choice
Questions and Answers pdf
14. 250+ TOP MCQs on Flux and MMF Phasors and
Waves in Induction Motors and Answers
15. 250+ TOP MCQs on DC Motors – Three Phase
Synchronous Motors and Answers
16. 300+ TOP D.C. MOTORS Multiple Choice Questions
and Answers
17. 250+ TOP MCQs on Applications of Polyphase
Induction Motors and Answers
18. 300+ TOP Induction Motors Interview Questions
[LATEST]
19. 250+ TOP MCQs on Starting of Polyphase Induction
Motors-II and Answers
20. 250+ TOP MCQs on Electrical Actuating Systems –
Induction Motor Speed Control and Answers
Now Only in 798

Rupees
Shop for Men's Sneaker
Online at the Shoe
The Shoes Kart
2 THOUGHTS ON “300+ TOP SINGLE PHASE INDUCTION

MOTORS MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS & ANSWERS”
Nishid
JUNE 4, 2018 AT 5:18 PM
Reluctance motor is similar to AC series motor
REPLY
mayank
AUGUST 26, 2016 AT 12:11 PM
Can anyone plz send the entire questions pdf

file on my mail id its my humble request plz I
have exam of geb on september 4
REPLY
LEAVE A REPLY
Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
Comment
Name *
Email *
Website
Post Comment
Engineering 2021 , Engineering Interview Questions.com , Theme by Engineering|| Privacy Policy||

Terms and Conditions|| ABOUT US|| Contact US||
Engineering interview questions,Mcqs,Objective Questions,Class Lecture Notes,Seminor topics,Lab
Viva Pdf PPT Doc Book free download. Most Asked Technical Basic CIVIL | Mechanical | CSE | EEE |
ECE | IT | Chemical | Medical MBBS Jobs Online Quiz Tests for Freshers Experienced .

Electric Drives

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electric Drives

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Q1.

View Answer / Hide Answer

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: b. Reduces by fraction x ∧ 2

Q3. An autotransformer starter is suitable for

a. Star connected induction motor

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: c. Both (a) & (b)

Q4. The cheapest starter for induction motor is

a. Stator resistance starter

View Answer / Hide Answer

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: a. Star, delta

Q6. The advantages of star-delta starter over other types of starter is

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: c. Both (a) & (b)

a. Only starting current is limited

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: c. Both starting current and starting torque are limited

a. Less than 5 h.p.

ANSWER: a. Less than 5 h.p.

Q9. The NO contact and NC contact of D.O.L. starter is normally

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: a. Open, closed

a. 6% of full load torque

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: b. 18% of full load torque

a. Direct online method

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: c. Thyristor voltage controller method

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: b. Induction generator

Q2. The induction generator is

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: b. Separately exciting

Q3. Which of the following is not true about induction generator?

a. Synchronization for induction generator is required

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: a. Synchronization for induction generator is required

Q4. Applications of induction generators are

a. In railways for braking purpose

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: d. Only (a) and (b)

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: d. All of these

a. Only squirrel cage type motors

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: a. Only squirrel cage type motors

a. Consequent poles method

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: c. Pole amplitude modulation method

Q4. In pole amplitude modulation method for controlling number of poles,

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: a. Square wave

Q5. In cumulatively cascade method for speed controlling, if PA is the number

View Answer / Hide Answer

Q6. In cascade control method, the set cannot be operated if

View Answer / Hide Answer

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: a. Above 4000 kW

Q8. The disadvantages of scherbius system used for speed controlling in 3

a. It cannot be used for slip ring induction motors

View Answer / Hide Answer

View Answer / Hide Answer